Math g5 m2 Full Module

New York State Common Core
5
GRADE
Mathematics Curriculum
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Table of Contents
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations
Module Overview ........................................................................................................... i
Topic A: Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication ............ 2.A.1
Topic B: The Standard Algorithm for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication ... 2.B.1
Topic C: Decimal Multi-Digit Multiplication ........................................................... 2.C.1
Topic D: Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and Decimal
Multiplication ........................................................................................... 2.D.1
Topic E: Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Division ....................... 2.E.1
Topic F: Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Whole Number Division ....................... 2.F.1
Topic G: Partial Quotients and Decimal Multi-Digit Division................................... 2.G.1
Topic H: Measurement Word Problems with Multi-Digit Division .......................... 2.H.1
Module Assessments .............................................................................................. 2.S.1
Module 2:
Date:
2013 Common Core, Inc. Some rights reserved. commoncore.org

7/4/13
This work is licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.
NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM
Module Overview 52
Grade 5 Module 2
Multi-Digit Whole Number and

Decimal Fraction Operations
OVERVIEW
In Module 1, students explored the relationships of adjacent units on the place value chart to generalize
whole number algorithms to decimal fraction operations. In Module 2, students apply the patterns of the base
ten system to mental strategies and the multiplication and division algorithms.
Topics A through D provide a sequential study of multiplication. To link to prior learning and set the foundation
for understanding the standard multiplication algorithm, students begin at the concretepictorial level in Topic
A. They use number disks to model multi-digit multiplication of place value units, e.g., 42 10, 42 100,
42 1,000, leading to problems such as 42 30, 42 300 and 42 3,000 (5.NBT.1, 5.NBT.2). They then round
factors in Lesson 2 and discuss the reasonableness of their products. Throughout Topic A, students evaluate and
write simple expressions to record their calculations using the associative property and parentheses to record
the relevant order of calculations (5.OA.1).
In Topic B, place value understanding moves toward understanding the distributive property via area diagrams
which are used to generate and record the partial products (5.OA.1, 5.OA.2) of the standard algorithm
(5.NBT.5). Topic C moves students from whole numbers to multiplication with decimals, again using place value
as a guide to reason and make estimations about products (5.NBT.7). In Topic D, students explore multiplication
as a method for expressing equivalent measures. For example, they multiply to convert between meters and
centimeters or ounces and cups with measurements in both whole number and decimal form (5.MD.1).
Topics E through H provide a similar sequence for division. Topic E begins concretely with number disks as an
introduction to division with multi-digit whole numbers (5.NBT.6).
In the same lesson, 420 60 is interpreted as 420 10 6. Next, students round dividends and two-digit
divisors to nearby multiples of 10 in order to estimate single-digit quotients (e.g., 431 58 420 60 = 7) and
then multi-digit quotients. This work is done horizontally, outside the context of the written vertical method.
The series of lessons in Topic F leads students to divide multi-digit dividends by two-digit divisors using the
written vertical method. Each lesson moves to a new level of difficulty with a sequence beginning with
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
ii
Module Overview 52
divisors that are multiples of 10 to non-multiples of 10. Two instructional days are devoted to single-digit
quotients with and without remainders before progressing into two- and three-digit quotients (5.NBT.6).
In Topic G, students use their understanding to divide decimals by two-digit divisors in a sequence similar to
that of Topic F with whole numbers (5.NBT.7). In Topic H, students apply the work of the module to solve
multi-step word problems using multi-digit division with unknowns representing either the group size or
number of groups. In this topic, an emphasis on checking the reasonableness of their answers draws on skills
learned throughout the module, including refining their knowledge of place value, rounding, and estimation.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
iii
Module 2:
Date:
Module Overview 52

7/4/13
iv
Module Overview 52
Focus Grade Level Standards

Write and interpret numerical expressions.
5.OA.1
Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions with
these symbols.
5.OA.2
Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret numerical
expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation add 8 and 7, then
multiply by 2 as 2 (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 (18932 + 921) is three times as large as 18932
+ 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.
Understand the place value system.1

5.NBT.1
Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as it
represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.
5.NBT.2
Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by powers
of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal is multiplied
or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to denote power of 10.
Perform operations with multi-digit whole numbers and with decimals to hundredths.
5.NBT.5
Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.
5.NBT.6
Find whole-number quotients of whole numbers with up to four-digit dividends and two-digit
divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the
relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by
using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
5.NBT.7
Add, subtract, multiply, and divide decimals to hundredths, using concrete models or
drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the
relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and
explain the reasoning used.2
Convert like measurement units within a given measurement system.

5.MD.1
Convert among different-sized standard measurement units within a given measurement

system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multi-step, real
world problems.
The balance of this cluster is addressed in Module 1.

Focus on decimal multiplication of a single-digit, whole number factor times a multi-digit number with up to 2 decimal places (e.g., 3
64.98). Restrict decimal division to a single digit whole number divisor with a multi-digit dividend with up to 2 decimal places (e.g.,
64.98 3). The balance of the standard is taught in Module 4.
2
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
Module Overview 52
Foundational Standards
4.OA.1
Interpret a multiplication equation as a comparison, e.g., interpret 35 = 5 7 as a statement

that 35 is 5 times as many as 7 and 7 times as many as 5. Represent verbal statements of
multiplicative comparisons as multiplication equations.
4.OA.3
Solve multistep word problems posed with whole numbers and having whole-number
answers using the four operations, including problems in which remainders must be
interpreted. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the
unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and
estimation strategies including rounding.
4.NBT.4
Fluently add and subtract multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.
4.NBT.5
Multiply a whole number of up to four digits by a one-digit whole number, and multiply two
two-digit numbers, using strategies based on place value and the properties of operations.
Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area
models.
4.NBT.6
Find whole-number quotients and remainders with up to four-digit dividends and one-digit
divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the
relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by
using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
Focus Standards for Mathematical Practice

MP.1
Make sense of problems and persevere in solving them. Students make sense of problems
when they use number disks and area models to conceptualize and solve multiplication and
division problems.
MP.2
Reason abstractly and quantitatively. Students make sense of quantities and their
relationships when they use both mental strategies and the standard algorithms to multiply
and divide multi-digit whole numbers. Student also decontextualize when they represent
problems symbolically and contextualize when they consider the value of the units used and
understand the meaning of the quantities as they compute.
MP.7
Look for and make use of structure. Students apply the times 10, 100, 1,000 and the divide by
10 patterns of the base ten system to mental strategies and the multiplication and division
algorithms as they multiply and divide whole numbers and decimals
MP.8
Look for and express regularity in repeated reasoning. Students express the regularity they
notice in repeated reasoning when they apply the partial quotients algorithm to divide two-,
three-, and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors. Students also check the reasonableness
of the intermediate results of their division algorithms as they solve multi-digit division word
problems.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
vi
Module Overview 52
Overview of Module Topics and Lesson Objectives

Standards Topics and Objectives
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.OA.1
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication

Lesson 1:
Multiply multi-digit whole numbers and multiples of 10 using place
value patterns and the distributive and associative properties.
Lesson 2:
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1
Days
2
Estimate multi-digit products by rounding factors to a basic fact

and using place value patterns.
The Standard Algorithm for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication

Lesson 3:
Write and interpret numerical expressions and compare
expressions using a visual model.
Lesson 4:
Convert numerical expressions into unit form as a mental strategy

for multi-digit multiplication.
Lesson 5:
Connect visual models and the distributive property to partial

products of the standard algorithm without renaming.
Lesson 6:
Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial

Lesson 7:

products of the standard algorithm with renaming.
Lesson 8:
Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard

algorithm and using estimation to check for reasonableness of the
product.
Lesson 9:

algorithm to solve multi-step word problems.
Decimal Multi-Digit Multiplication

Lesson 10:
Multiply decimal fractions with tenths by multi-digit whole
numbers using place value understanding to record partial
products.
Lesson 11:
Multiply decimal fractions by multi-digit whole numbers through

conversion to a whole number problem and reasoning about the
placement of the decimal.
Lesson 12:
Reason about the product of a whole number and a decimal with

hundredths using place value understanding and estimation.
D Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and Decimal Multiplication

Lesson 13:
Use whole number multiplication to express equivalent
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
vii
Module Overview 52
Days
measurements.
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.6
5.NBT.6
Lesson 14:
Use decimal multiplication to express equivalent measurements.
Lesson 15:
Solve two-step word problems involving measurement and multidigit multiplication.
Mid-Module Assessment: Topics AD (assessment day, return day, remediation

or further applications 2 days)
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Division

Lesson 16:
Use divide by 10 patterns for multi-digit whole number division.
Lessons 1718: Use basic facts to approximate quotients with two-digit divisors.
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Whole Number Division
Lesson 19:
Divide two- and three-digit dividends by multiples of 10 with
single-digit quotients and make connections to a written method.
Lesson 20:
Divide two- and three-digit dividends with single-digit quotients

and make connections to a written method.
Lesson 21:
Divide two- and three-digit dividends by two-digit divisors with

Lessons 2223: Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors

resulting in two- and three-digit quotients, reasoning about the
decomposition of successive remainders in each place value.
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.7
G Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Decimal Division

Lesson 24:
Divide decimal dividends by multiples of 10, reasoning about the
placement of the decimal point and making connections to a
written method.
Lesson 25:
Use basic facts to approximate decimal quotients with two-digit

divisors, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point.
Lessons 2627: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating

quotients, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point,
and making connections to a written method.
5.NBT.6
5.NBT.7
H Measurement Word Problems with Multi-Digit Division

Lessons 2829: Solve division word problems involving multi-digit division with
group size unknown and the number of groups unknown.
End-of-Module Assessment: Topics AH (assessment day, return day,
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
viii
Module Overview 52
Days
remediation or further application 2 days)

Total Number of Instructional Days
35
Terminology
New or Recently Introduced Terms
Decimal Fraction (a proper fraction whose denominator is a power of 10)

Multiplier (a quantity by which a given numbera multiplicandis to be multiplied)
Parentheses (the symbols used to relate order of operations)
Familiar Terms and Symbols3
Decimal (a fraction whose denominator is a power of ten and whose numerator is expressed by
figures placed to the right of a decimal point)
Digit (a numeral between 0 and 9)
Divisor (the number by which another number is divided)
Equation (a statement that the values of two mathematical expressions are equal)
Equivalence (a state of being equal or equivalent)
Equivalent measures (e.g., 12 inches = 1 foot; 16 ounces = 1 pound)
Estimate (approximation of the value of a quantity or number)
Exponent (the number of times a number is to be used as a factor in a multiplication expression)
Multiple (a number that can be divided by another number without a remainder like 15, 20, or any
multiple of 5)
Pattern (a systematically consistent and recurring trait within a sequence)
Product (the result of a multiplication)
Quotient (the answer of dividing one quantity by another)
Remainder (the number left over when one integer is divided by another)
Renaming (making a larger unit)
Rounding (approximating the value of a given number)
Unit Form (place value counting, e.g., 34 stated as 3 tens 4 ones)
These are terms and symbols students have used or seen previously.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
ix
Module Overview 52
Suggested Tools and Representations
10
Area models (e.g., an array)

Number bond
Number disks
8
Unit form modeled with number disks:
7 hundreds 2 tens 6 ones = 72 tens 6 ones
Number bond
Partial product (an algorithmic method that takes base ten decompositions of factors, makes
products of all pairs, and adds all products together)
Partial quotient (an algorithmic method using successive approximation)
Scaffolds4
The scaffolds integrated into A Story of Units give alternatives for how students access information as well as
express and demonstrate their learning. Strategically placed margin notes are provided within each lesson
elaborating on the use of specific scaffolds at applicable times. They address many needs presented by
English language learners, students with disabilities, students performing above grade level, and students
performing below grade level. Many of the suggestions are applicable to more than one population. The
charts included in Module 1 provide a general overview of the lesson-aligned scaffolds, organized by
Universal Design for Learning (UDL) principles. To read more about the approach to differentiated instruction
in A Story of Units, please refer to How to Implement A Story of Units.
Students with disabilities may require Braille, large print, audio, or special digital files. Please visit the website,
www.p12.nysed.gov/specialed/aim, for specific information on how to obtain student materials that satisfy the National Instructional
Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS) format.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
Module Overview 52
Assessment Summary
Type
Administered
Format
Standards Addressed
Mid-Module
Assessment Task
After Topic D
Constructed response with

rubric
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1
End-of-Module
Assessment Task
After Topic H
Constructed response with

rubric
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.6
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
xi
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic A
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit

Whole Number Multiplication
5.NBT.1, 5.NBT.2, 5.OA.1
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.1
Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much
as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its
left.
5.NBT.2
Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by
powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a
decimal is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to
denote power of 10.
Instructional Days:
Coherence -Links from:
G4M3
Multi-Digit Multiplication and Division
G5M5
Addition and Multiplication with Volume and Area
G6M5
Area, Surface Area, and Volume Problems
-Links to:
Topic A begins a sequential study of multiplication that culminates in Topic D. In order to link prior learning
from Grade 4 and Grade 5s Module 1 and to set the stage for solidifying the standard multiplication
algorithm, students begin at the concretepictorial level. They use number disks to model multi-digit
multiplication of place value units, e.g., 42 10, 42 100, 42 1,000, leading quickly to problems such as
42 30, 42 300, and 42 3,000 (5.NBT.1, 5.NBT.2). Students then round factors in Lesson 2, and discuss
the reasonableness of their products. Throughout Topic A, students evaluate and write simple expressions to
record their calculations using the associative property and parentheses to record the relevant order of
calculations (5.OA.1).
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication
Objective 1: Multiply multi-digit whole numbers and multiples of 10 using place value patterns and the
distributive and associative properties.
(Lesson 1)
Objective 2: Estimate multi-digit products by rounding factors to a basic fact and using place value
patterns.
(Lesson 2)
Topic A:
Date:
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication

7/4/13
Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported.License.
2.A.1
Lesson 1 52
Lesson 1
Objective: Multiply multi-digit whole numbers and multiples of 10 using
place value patterns and the distributive and associative properties.
Suggested Lesson Structure
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)
Fluency Practice (12 minutes)

Multiply by 10, 100, and 1,000 5.NBT.2
(3 minutes)
Place Value 5.NBT.3
(4 minutes)
Round to Different Place Values 5.NBT.4
(5 minutes)
Multiply by 10, 100, and 1,000 (3 minutes)

Note: This review fluency drill will carry forward Module 1 skills and lay the groundwork for todays lesson in
which both factors are multiples of 10.
T: (Write 3 10.) Say the product.
S: 30.
Repeat the process using the following possible sequence: 3 100; 3 1,000; 5 1,000; 0.005 1,000;
50 100; 0.05 100; 30 100; 30 1,000; 32 1,000; 0.32 1,000; 52 100; 5.2 100; 4 10; 0.4 10;
0.45 1,000; 30.45 1,000; 7 100; 72 100; and 7.002 100.
Place Value (4 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill reviews composing and decomposing units, crucial to multiplying multiples of 10 in
Lesson 2.
Materials: (S) Personal white boards
T: (Project place value chart from millions to ones. Write 4 ten disks in the tens column.) How many
tens do you see?
S: 4 tens.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.2
Lesson 1 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 4 underneath the disks.) There are 4 tens and how many ones?
Zero ones.
(Write 0 in the ones column. Below it, write 4 tens = ___.) Fill in the blank.
4 tens = 40.
Repeat the process for 4 ten thousands, 4 hundred thousands, 7 millions, and 2 thousands.
T: (Write 5 hundreds = ___.) Show the answer in your place value chart.
S: (Students write 5 in the hundreds column and 0 in the tens and ones columns.)
Repeat the process for 3 tens, 53 tens, 6 ten thousands, 36 ten thousands, 8 hundred thousands 36 ten
thousands, 8 millions 24 ten thousands, 8 millions 17 hundred thousands, and 1034 hundred thousands.
Round to Different Place Values (5 minutes)

Note: Practicing rounding to different place values in isolation will help students when they estimate to find
products in Lesson 2.
T:
S:
T:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Project 8,735.) Say the number.

8, 735.
Lets round to the thousands, hundreds, and tens places.
Draw a vertical number line on your boards with two points and a midpoint between them.
Between which two thousands is 8,735?
8 thousand and 9 thousand.
Label the two outside points with these values.
(Label.)
Whats the midpoint for 8,000 and 9,000?
8,500.
Label your number line. 8,500 is the same as how many hundreds?
85 hundreds.
How many hundreds are in 8,735?
87 hundreds.
(Write 8,735 _______.) Show 8,735 on your number line and write the number sentence.
(Label 8,735 between 8,500 and 9,000 on the number line, and write 8,735 9,000.
Students round to the hundreds and tens. Follow the same process and procedure for 7,458.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.3
Lesson 1 52
Application Problem (6 minutes)

The top surface of a desk has a length of 5.6 feet. The
length is 4 times its width. What is the width of the
desk?
Note: This is a review of M1Topic F, dividing decimals
by single-digit whole numbers. Allow students to share
their approaches with the class. Accept any valid
approach.
Concept Development (32 minutes)

Materials: (S) Place value charts and personal white boards
Problems 14
4 30
40 30
40 300
4,000 30
T: (Write on board: 4 30. Below it, write 4 3 tens = _________.) To find the product, start by
multiplying the whole numbers, remembering to state the unit in your product.
S: 12 tens.
T: Show 12 tens on your place value chart. What is 12 tens in standard form?
S: 120.
T: (Write on board.) 4 tens 3 tens = _____________. Solve with a partner.
S: (Work.)
T: How did you use the previous problem to help you solve 4 tens 3 tens?
S: The only difference was the place value unit of the first factor, so it was 12 hundreds. Its the
same as 4 threes times 10 times 10, which is 12 hundreds. I multiplied 4 3, which is 12. I then
multiplied tens by tens, so my new units are hundreds. Now, I have 12 hundreds, or 1,200.
T: Let me record what I hear you saying. (Write (4 3) 100 on the board.)
T: (Write 4 tens 3 hundreds = __________ on the board.) How is this problem different than the last
problem?
S: We are multiplying tens and hundreds, not ones and hundreds, or tens and tens.
T: 4 tens is the same as 4 times 10. (Write 4 10 on board). 3 hundreds is the same as 3 times what?
S: 100.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.4
Lesson 1 52
T: (Write 3 100 next to 4 10 on board.) So, another way to write our problem would be (4 10) (3
100). (Now write (4 3) (10 100) on the board.) Are these expressions equal? Why or why
not? Turn and talk.
S: Yes, they are the same. We can multiply in any order, so they are the same.
T: What is 4 3?
S: 12.
T: (Record 12 under 4 3.) What is 10 100?
S: 1,000.
T: (Record 1,000 under 10 100.)
T: What is the product of 12 and 1,000?
S: 12,000.
Repeat the sequence with 4,000 30.
Problems 58
60 5
60 50
60 500
60 5,000
MP 3
MP.7
T: (Write on board.) 60 5 = _____.

T: (Underneath the equation above, write (6 10) 5 and (6 5) 10. Are both of these equivalent to
60 5? Why or why not? Turn and talk.
T: When we change the order of the factors we are using the commutative (any-order property).
When we group the factors differently (point to board) we are using the associative property of
multiplication.
T: Lets solve (6 5) 10.
S: (Solve 30 10 = 300.)
T: For the next problem, use the properties and what you know about multiplying multiples of 10 to
help you solve.
T: (Write on board.) 60 50 = ______. Work with a partner to solve, and then explain.
S: I thought of 60 as 6 10 and 50 as 5 10. I rearranged the factors to see (6 5) (10 10). I got
30 100 = 3,000. I first multiplied 6 times 5 and got 30. Then I multiplied by 10 to get 300, and
then multiplied by 10 to get 3,000.
T: I notice that in our last problem set the number of zeros in the product was exactly the same
number of zeros in our factors. That doesnt seem to be the case here. Why is that?
S: Because 6 5 is 30, then we have to multiply by 100. So, 30 ones 100 is 30 hundreds, or 3,000.
T: Think about that as you solve 60 500 and 60 5,000 independently.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.5
Lesson 1 52
Problems 912
451 8
451 80
4,510 80
4,510 800
T:
S:
T:
S:
Find the product, 451 8, using any method.

(Solve to find 3,608.)
How did you solve?
I used the vertical algorithm. I used the distributive property. I multiplied 400 8, then 50 8,
and then 1 8. I added those products together.
T: What makes the distributive property useful here? Why does it help here, but we didnt really use it
in our other problems? Turn and talk.
S: There are different digits in three place values instead of all zeros. If I break the number apart by
unit, then I can use basic facts to get the products.
T: Turn and talk to your partner about how can you use 451 8 to help you solve the 451 80,
4,510 80, and 4,510 800. Then evaluate these expressions.
Problem Set (10 minutes)

Students should do their personal best to complete the
Problem Set within the allotted 10 minutes. Some
problems do not specify a method for solving. This is an
intentional reduction of scaffolding that invokes MP.5,
Use Appropriate Tools Strategically. Students should
solve these problems using the RDW approach used for
Application Problems.
For some classes, it may be appropriate to modify the
assignment by specifying which problems students should
work on first. With this option, let the careful sequencing
of the problem set guide your selections so that problems
continue to be scaffolded. Balance word problems with
other problem types to ensure a range of practice. Assign
incomplete problems for homework or at another time
during the day.
Student Debrief (10 minutes)

Lesson Objective: Multiply multi-digit whole numbers
and multiples of 10 using place value patterns and the
distributive and associative properties.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.6
Lesson 1 52
The Student Debrief is intended to invite reflection and

active processing of the total lesson experience.
Invite students to review their solutions for the Problem
Set. They should check work by comparing answers
with a partner before going over answers as a class.
Look for misconceptions or misunderstandings that can
be addressed in the Debrief. Guide students in a
conversation to debrief the Problem Set and process
the lesson. You may choose to use any combination of
the questions below to lead the discussion.
Take time to compare the various strategies used

by students to find the products in Problem 3.
Discuss how the parentheses that are used to
show thinking direct us toward which part of the
equation was grouped and, thus, which part of
the expression is evaluated first.
In the table for Problem 3, for which problem
was the distributive property most useful when
solving? Which problems would you not need to
use the distributive property?
In Problem 2, was it necessary to solve each
expression in order to compare the values? Why
or why not? Lead the discussion toward the idea
that the commutative, associative, and
distributive properties allow us to make those
comparisons without calculating.
Problem 4 raises one of the most common error
patterns in multiplying by powers of 10. Take
time to explore Ripleys error in thinking fully by
allowing students to share their examples. Is
there a pattern to the examples that we have
shared? Any example involving 5 times an even
number will produce such an example: 4 50;
50 60; 500 80; 2,000 50.
How does understanding place value help you
decompose large numbers to make them easier
to multiply?
About 36 million gallons of water leak from the
New York City water supply every day. About
how many gallons of water leak in one 30-day
month? How can the patterns we discovered
today about multiplying by 10s, 100s, and
1,000s help us solve this problem?
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.7
Lesson 1 52
Exit Ticket (3 minutes)

After the Student Debrief, instruct students to complete the Exit Ticket. A review of their work will help you
assess the students understanding of the concepts that were presented in the lesson today and plan more
effectively for future lessons. You may read the questions aloud to the students.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.8
Lesson 1 Problem Set 52
Name
Date
1. Fill in the blanks using your knowledge of place value units and basic facts.
a. 23 20
d. 410 400
Think: 23 ones 2 tens = _________ tens
41 tens 4 hundreds = 164 ____________
23 20 = ____________
410 400 = ____________
b. 230 20
e. 3,310 300
Think: 23 tens 2 tens = ____________
_____ tens ______hundreds = 993 ________
230 20 = ____________
3,310 300 = __________
c. 41 4
f.
500 600
41 ones 4 ones = 164 ____________
____hundreds _____hundreds = 30 ____ __
41 4 = ____________
500 600 = ___________
2. Determine if these equations are true or false. Defend your answer using your knowledge of place value
and the commutative, associative, and/or distributive properties.
a. 6 tens = 2 tens 3 tens
b. 44 20 10 = 440 2
c. 86 ones 90 hundreds = 86 ones 900 tens
d. 64 8 100 = 640 8 10
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.9
e. 57 2 10 10 10 = 570 2 10
3. Find the products. Show your thinking. The first row gives some ideas for showing your thinking.
a. 7 9
7 90
70 90
70 900
= 63
= 63 10
= (7 10) (9 10)
= (7 9) (10 100)
= 630
= (7 9) 100
= 63,000
= 6,300
b. 45 3
45 30
450 30
450 300
c. 40 5
40 50
40 500
400 5,000
d. 718 2
7,180 20
7,180 200
71,800 2,000
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.10
4. Ripley told his mom that multiplying whole numbers by multiples of 10 was easy because you just count
zeros in the factors and put them in the product. He used these two examples to explain his strategy.
7,000 600 = 4,200,000

(3 zeros) (2 zeros) (5 zeros)
800 700 = 560,000

(2 zeros) (2 zeros) (4 zeros)
a. Ripleys mom said his strategy wont always work. Why not? Give an example.
5. The Canadian side of Niagara Falls has a flow rate of 600,000 gallons per second. How many gallons of
water flow over the falls in 1 minute?
6. Tickets to a baseball game are $20 for an adult and $15 for a student. A school buys tickets for 45 adults
and 600 students. How much money will the school spend for the tickets?
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.11
Name
1.
Date
Find the products.
a. 1,900 20
2.
Lesson 1 Exit Ticket 52
b. 6,000 50
c. 250 300
Explain how knowing 50 4 = 200 helps you find 500 400.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.12
Name
Lesson 1 Homework 52
Date
1. Fill in the blanks using your knowledge of place value units and basic facts.
a. 43 30
Think: 43 ones 3 tens = ___________ tens
43 30 = ____________
b. 430 30
Think: 43 tens 3 tens = ________hundreds
430 30 = _____________
c. 830 20
Think: 83 tens 2 tens = 166____________
830 20 = _____________
d. 4,400 400
__________hundreds __________ hundreds = 176 ____________
4,400 400 = ____________
e. 80 5,000
_____________ tens ____________ thousands = 40 ____________
80 5,000 = ____________
2. Determine if these equations are true or false. Defend your answer using your knowledge of place
value and the commutative, associative, and/or distributive properties.
a. 35 hundreds = 5 tens 7 tens
b. 770 6 = 77 6 100
c. 50 tens 4 hundreds = 40 tens 5 hundreds
d. 24 10 90 = 90 2,400
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.13
3. Find the products. Show your thinking. The first row gives some ideas for showing your thinking.
a. 5 5
5 50
50 50
50 500
= 25
= 25 10
= (5 10) (5 10)
= (5 5) (10 100)
= 250
= (5 5) 100
= 25,000
= 2,500
b. 80 5
80 50
800 500
8,000 50
c. 637 3
6,370 30
6,370 300
63,700 300
4. A concrete stepping stone measures 20 inches square. What is the area of 30 such tiles?
5. A number is 42,300 when multiplied by 10. Find the product of this number and 500.
Lesson 1:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.14
Lesson 2 52
Lesson 2
Objective: Estimate multi-digit products by rounding factors to a basic fact
and using place value patterns.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(8 minutes)
(30 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Multiply by 10, 100, and 1,000 5.NBT.2
(8 minutes)
Round to Different Place Values 5.NBT.4
(2 minutes)
Multiply by Multiples of 10 5.NBT.2
(2 minutes)
Sprint: Multiply by 10, 100, and 1,000 (8 minutes)

Note: This review fluency drill will help preserve skills students learned and mastered in Module 1 and lay the
groundwork for future concepts.
Materials: (S) Multiply by 10, 100, and 1,000 Sprint
Round to Different Place Values (2 minutes)

Note: Practicing rounding to different place values in isolation will help students when they estimate to find
products later in the module.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Project 48,625.) Say the number.

48,625.
(Write a vertical number line with two points and a midpoint.) Between which two ten-thousands is
48,625?
40,000 and 50,000.
(Write 40,000 at the bottom point and 50,000 at the top point.) Whats the midpoint for 40,000 and
50,000?
45,000.
(Write 45,000 at the midpoint.) Would 48,625 fall above or below 45,000?
Lesson 2:
Date:
Estimate multi-digit products by rounding factors to a basic fact and

using place value patterns.
7/4/13
2.A.15
Lesson 2 52
S:
T:
S:
Above.
(Write 48,625 _______.) Whats 48,625 rounded to the nearest ten-thousand?
50,000.
Repeat the process for thousands, hundreds, and tens.
Multiply by Multiples of 10 (2 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 31 10 =
.) Say the multiplication
sentence.
31 10 = 310.
(Write 310 2 =
beside 31 10 = 310.) Say
the multiplication sentence.
310 2 = 620.
(Write 310 20 =
below 310 2 = 620.) Write 310 20 as a three-step multiplication
sentence, taking out the ten.
310 10 2 = 6,200.
Show your board. (Check for accuracy.)
Direct students to solve using the same method for 23 40 and 32 30.

Jonas practices guitar 1 hour a day for 2 years.
Bradley practices the guitar 2 hours a day more than
Jonas. How many more minutes does Bradley
practice the guitar than Jonas over the course of 2
years?
Note: The Application Problem is a multi-step word
problem that asks students to convert units and
multiply with multi-digit factors using their
knowledge of the distributive and associative
property from Lesson 1. Allow students to share
approaches with classmates.
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.16
Lesson 2 52

Problem 1
Contextualize estimation using population of classroom and school.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
How many students do we have in class? (Use class, school, and building numbers for the following
that would yield a two-digit by two-digit estimation equation.)
23.
Do all of the classes have exactly 23 students?
No.
There are 18 classes, but Im not sure exactly how many students are in each class. What could I do
to find a number that is close to the actual number of students in our school?
Estimate how many students are in each class.
Great idea. What number could help me make an estimate for the number of students in each class?
You could use the number in our class of 23.
True, but 23 is a little more difficult to multiply in my head.
Id like to use a number that I can multiply mentally. What
could I round 23 to so it is easier to multiply?
20 students.
What could I round 18 to?
20 classes.
How would I estimate the total number of students?
Multiply 20 by 20.
What would my estimate be? Explain your thinking.
400. 2 times 2 is 4. Then you multiply 4 by 10 and 10.
(Write on board (4 10) 10 = 40 10 = 4 100.)
About 400 students. Estimates can help us understand
a reasonable size of a product when we multiply the
original numbers.
Problems 24
456 42
500 40 = 20,000
4,560 42
4,560 420
T:
T:
S:
5,000 40 = 200,000
5,000 400 = 2,000,000
(Write on board 456 42 = ________.)

Suppose I don't need to know the exact product, just an
estimate. How could I round the factors to estimate the
product?
You could round to the nearest 10. You'd get 460 40.
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.17
Lesson 2 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
460 40 is still pretty hard for me to do in my head. Could I round

456 to a different place value to make the product easier to find?
You could round to the hundreds place. 500 40 is just like we
did yesterday!
500 40 does sound pretty easy! What would my estimate be?
Can you give me the multiplication sentence in unit form?
5 hundreds 4 tens equals 20 thousands.
(Write (5 100) (4 10) = 20 1,000 = 20,000.) So, my product
is about 20,000.
Problems 57
1,320 88
13,205 880
3,120 880
T:
S:
T:
S:
MP.2
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write on board 1,320 88 = ____________.) Round the factors to estimate the product.
(Work.)
Explain your thinking. (Accept any reasonable estimates of the factors. The most important thinking
is how the properties are used to arrive at a product. You may also ask students to justify their
choice of place value for rounding.)
I used 1,300 90, so I multiplied 13 9, then multiplied that by 1,000. This gave me 117,000. I
used 1,000 90 and got 90,000.
Now, before you estimate 13,205 880, compare this to the problem we just did. What do you
notice is different?
The factors are greater. 13,205 is about 10 times as large as 1,320, and 880 is exactly 10 times as
large as 88.
What do you think that will do to our estimate?
It should increase the product. The product should be about 100 times as large as the first one.
Lets test that prediction. Round and find the estimated product. (Accept any reasonable estimate
of the factors. The important thinking is the properties and the comparison of the relative sizes of
the products.)
13,205 10,000 and 880 900. So, 10,000 900 = (9 1) 10,000 100 = 9,000,000.
Was our prediction correct?
Yes. 9 million is 100 times as large as 9,000.
Repeat the sequence for 3,120 880 and 31,200 880.
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.18
Lesson 2 52

Problem Set within the allotted 10 minutes. For some
classes, it may be appropriate to modify the assignment
by specifying which problems they work on first. Some
problems do not specify a method for solving. Students
Application Problems. (Please see How to Implement
A Story of Units for more information on the Read
DrawWrite approach.)

Lesson Objective: Estimate multi-digit products by
rounding factors to a basic fact and using place value
patterns.
Raise the idea of a different rounding strategy for

Problem 1(c) using factors of 25 as easy mental
factors. Ask students to consider the notion of
rounding only one factor5,840 to 6,000.
Multiply 6 25 = 150, and then multiply
150 1,000 to reach 150,000. What makes 25 an
easy factor even though it is not a multiple of 10?
Are there other numbers that students think of as
easy like 25? Compare this to rounding both
factors.
In Problem 6 there are many ways to estimate
the solution. Discuss the precision of each one.
Which is the closest estimate? Does it matter in
the context of this problem? Students may use
any of these or may have other valid responses:
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.19
Lesson 2 52
423 12 = 400 10 = 4,000 4 = 16,000

423 48 = 400 50 = 20,000
423 12 = 423 10 = 4,230 4 = 4,200 4 = 16,800
423 4 years = 423 5 years = 400 60 months = 24,000
Consider allowing students to generate other factors in Problem 4 that would round to produce the
estimated product. Compare the problems to see how various powers of 10 multiplied by each
other still yield a product in the thousands.

Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.20
Lesson 2:
Date:
Lesson 2 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.A.21
Lesson 2:
Date:
Lesson 2 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.A.22
Name
Date
1. Round the factors to estimate the products.

a. 597 52 __________________ =
___
A reasonable estimate for 597 52 is
b. 1,103 59
A reasonable estimate for 1,103 59 is
c. 5,840 25
A reasonable estimate for 5,840 25 is
2. Complete the table using your understanding of place value and knowledge of rounding to estimate the
product.
Factors
a. 2,809 42
Rounded Factors
Estimate
3,000 40
120,000
b. 28,090 420
c. 8,932 59
d. 89 tens 63 tens
e. 398 hundreds 52 tens
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.23
3. For which of the following expressions would 200,000 be a reasonable estimate? Explain how you know.
2,146 12
21,467 121
2,146 121
21,477 1,217
4. Fill in the missing factors to find the given estimated product.
a. 571 43 _________________________ = 24,000
b. 726 674 _______________________ = 490,000
c. 8,379 541 ___________ __________ = 4,000,000
5. There are 19,763 tickets available for a New York Knicks home game. If there are 41 home games in a
season, about how many tickets are available for all the Knicks home games?
6. Michael saves $423 dollars a month for college.

a. About how much money will he have saved after 4 years?
b. Will your estimate be lower or higher than the actual amount Michael will save? How do you know?
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.24
Name
Date
1. Round the factors and estimate the products.

a. 656 106
b. 3,108 7,942
c. 425 9,311
d. 8,633 57,008
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.25
Name
Date
1. Round the factors to estimate the products.

a. 697 82 __________________ = ___________
A reasonable estimate for 697 82 is _________________.
b. 5,897 67 _____________ __________ = ___________
A reasonable estimate for 5,897 67 is _________________.
c. 8,840 45 _______________ _____________ = ____________
A reasonable estimate for 8,840 45 is _______________.
2. Complete the table using your understanding of place value and knowledge of rounding to estimate the
product.
Factors
Rounded Factors
Estimate
a. 3,409 73
3,000 70
210,000
b. 82,290 240
c. 9,832 39
d. 98 tens 36 tens
e. 893 hundreds 85 tens
3. The estimated answer to a multiplication problem is 800,000. Which of the following expressions could
result in this answer? Explain how you know.
8,146 12
81,467 121
Lesson 2:
Date:
8,146 121
81,477 1,217

7/4/13
2.A.26
4. Fill in the blank with the missing estimate.

a. 751 34 ____________ _____________ = 24,000
b. 627 674 __________ _____________ = 420,000
c. 7,939 541 ___________ __________ = 4,000,000
5. In a single season the New York Yankees sell an average of 42,362 tickets for each of their 81 home
games. About how many tickets do they sell for an entire season of home games?
6. Raphael wants to buy a new car.

a. He needs a down payment of $3,000. If he saves $340 each month, about how many months will it
take him to save the down payment?
b. His new car payment will be $288 each month for five years. What is the total of these payments?
Lesson 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.A.27
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic B
The Standard Algorithm for MultiDigit Whole Number Multiplication

5.OA.2, 5.NBT.5, 5.OA.1
Focus Standard:
5.OA.2
Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret
numerical expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation
add 8 and 7, then multiply by 2 as 2 (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 (18932 + 921) is three
times as large as 18932 + 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.
5.NBT.5
Instructional Days:
G4M3
G6M2
Arithmetic Operations Including Dividing by a Fraction
G6M4
Expressions and Equations
-Links to:
In Topic B, place value understanding moves toward understanding the distributive property by using area
diagrams to generate and record partial products (5.OA.1, 5.OA.2) which are combined within the standard
algorithm (5.NBT.5). Writing and interpreting numerical expressions in Lessons 1 and 2, and comparing those
expressions using visual models lay the necessary foundation for students to make connections between the
distributive property as depicted in area models and the partial products within the standard multiplication
algorithm. The algorithm is built over a period of days increasing in complexity as the number of digits in
both factors increases. Reasoning about zeros in the multiplier along with considerations about the
reasonableness of products also provides opportunities to deepen understanding of the standard algorithm.
Although word problems provide context throughout Topic B, the final lesson offers a concentration of multistep problems that allow students to apply this new knowledge.
Topic B:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.1
Topic B 52
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of the Standard Algorithm for Multi-Digit Whole Number
Multiplication
Objective 1: Connect visual models and the distributive property to partial products of the standard
algorithm without renaming.
(Lesson 3)
Objective 2: Convert numerical expressions into unit form as a mental strategy for multi-digit
multiplication.
(Lesson 4)
Objective 3: Connect visual models and the distributive property to partial products of the standard
(Lesson 5)
Objective 4: Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial products of the standard
(Lesson 6)
Objective 5: Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial products of the standard
algorithm with renaming.
(Lesson 7)
Objective 6: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm and using
estimation to check for reasonableness of the product.
(Lesson 8)
Objective 7: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm to solve multistep word problems.
(Lesson 9)
Topic B:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.2
Lesson 3 52
Lesson 3
Objective: Write and interpret numerical expressions and compare
expressions using a visual model.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(31 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(3 minutes)
Estimate Products 5.NBT.6
(5 minutes)
Decompose a Factor: The Distributive Property 3.OA.5
(4 minutes)

Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lesson 2 for the following possible sequence: 21 40,
213 30, and 4,213 20.
Estimate Products (5 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
(Write 421 18 ____ ___ = ___.) Round 421 to the nearest hundred.
400.
(Write 421 18 400 ___ = ___.) Round 18 to the nearest ten.
20.
(Write 421 18 400 20 = ___.) Whats 400 20?
8,000.
(Write 421 18 400 20 = 8,000.)
(Write 323 21 ____ ___ = ___.) On your boards, write the multiplication sentence rounding
each factor to arrive at a reasonable estimate of the product.
Lesson 3:
Date:
Write and interpret numerical expressions and compare expressions

using a visual model.
7/4/13
2.B.3
Lesson 3 52
S:
(Write 323 21 300 20 = 6,000.)
Repeat the process and procedure for 1,950 42 and 2,480 27. Teacher may choose to ask for students to
explain the reasoning behind their estimates.
Decompose a Factor: The Distributive Property (4 minutes)

Note: Reviewing multiplication decomposition with low numbers will prepare students for decomposing
multiplication sentences with bigger numbers in upcoming lessons. Students might be allowed to generate
their own decomposition to be used in the distribution (e.g., for the first, possible decompositions of 9
include 2 and 7 or 3 and 6). However, this will increase the time necessary for this fluency activity.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 9 3 =___.) Write the multiplication sentence.

(Write.)
(Write (5 3) + ( __ 3) = ____ below 9 3 =___.) 9 is the same as 5 and what number?
4.
(Write (5 3) + (4 3) = ___. Below it, write 15 + ____ = ____.) Fill in the blanks.
(Write 9 3 = 27. Below it, write (5 3) + (4 3) = 27. Below that line, write
15 + 12 = 27.)
Repeat using the following possible sequence of 7 4, 8 2, and 9 6.

Robin is 11 years old. Her mother, Gwen, is 2 years more than 3
times Robins age. How old is Gwen?
Note: This problem is simple enough that students can solve it
prior to Lesson 3; however, in the Debrief, students are asked to
return to the Application Problem and create a numerical
expression to represent Gwens age (i.e., (3 11) + 2). Accept
any valid approach to solving the problem. The tape diagram is
but one approach. Allow students to share.

Problems 13: From word form to numerical expressions and
diagrams.
3 times the sum of 26 and 4
Lesson 3:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
A review of relevant vocabulary may be
in order for some students. Words
such as sum, product, difference, and
quotient might be reviewed or a
scaffold such as a word wall in the
classroom might be appropriate.

7/4/13
2.B.4
Lesson 3 52
6 times the difference between 60 and 51

The sum of 2 twelves and 4 threes
T:
S:
T:
S:
What expression describes the total value of these 3

equal units?
3 5.
How about 3 times an unknown amount called A.

Show a tape diagram and expression.
3 A.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
3 times the sum of 26 and 4? Show a tape diagram and

expression.
3 (26 + 4) or (26 + 4) 3.
Why are parentheses necessary around 26 + 4? Talk to

your partner.
We want 3 times as much as the total of 26 + 4. If
we dont put the parentheses, it doesnt show what we
are counting. We are counting the total of 26 and 4
three times.
Evaluate the expression.
90.
(Write 6 times the difference between 60 and 51 on the
board.) Work with a partner to show a tape diagram
and expression to match these words.
6 (60 51) or (60 51) 6.
Lesson 3:
Date:
For some students, it may be more

appropriate to begin with expressions
in a more direct order such as, the sum
of 4 and 3 multiplied by 2 or the
difference between 14 and 6 times 5.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
Some students may have difficulty
understanding a number word like
twelves as a nouna unit to be
counted. Substitute another more
concrete noun like apples in the
phrases, then transition to the noun
dozens before using twelves. Use a
concrete model of twelves like egg
cartons to act out the problem.

7/4/13
2.B.5
Lesson 3 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Youve offered two different expressions for these words: 6 (60 51) and (60 51) 6. Are these
expressions equal? Why or why not?
Yes, they are equal. The two factors are just reversed.
What is the name of this property?
The commutative property
Explain it in your own words to your partner.
(Share with partners.)
(Write the sum of 2 twelves and 4 threes on the board.) Represent this with a tape diagram and
expression.
(2 12) + (4 3)
Repeat as necessary with examples such as the sum of 2 nineteens and 8 nineteens or 5 times the sum of 16
and 14.
Problems 46: From numerical expressions to word form.
8 (43 13)
(16 + 9) 4
(20 3) + (5 3)
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Show 8 (43 13) on the board.) Read this expression in words.

Eight times 43 minus 13.
Let me write down what I hear you saying. (Write 8 43 13.) It sounds like you are saying that we
should multiply 8 and 43 and then subtract 13. Is that what you meant? Is this second expression
equivalent to the one I wrote at first? Why or why not?
No. Its not the same. You didnt write any parentheses. Without them you will get a different
answer because you wont subtract first. We are supposed to subtract 13 from 43 and then
multiply by 8.
Why cant we simply read every expression left to right and translate it?
We need to use words that tell that we should subtract first and then multiply.
Lets name the two factors we are multiplying. Turn and talk.
8 and the answer to 43 13. We need to multiply the answer to the stuff inside the parentheses
by 8.
Since one of the factors is the answer to this part (make a circular motion around 43 13), what
could we say to make sure we are talking about the answer to this subtraction problem? (What do
we call the answer to a subtraction problem?)
The difference between 43 and 13.
What is happening to the difference of 43 and 13?
Its being multiplied by 8.
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.6
Lesson 3 52
T:
S:
We can say and write, 8 times the difference of 43 and 13. Compare these words to the ones we
said at first. Do they make sure we are multiplying the right numbers together? What other ways
are there to say it?
Yes, they tell us what to multiply better. The product of 8 and the difference between 43 and 13.
8 times as much as the difference between 43 and 13. The difference of 43 and 13 multiplied 8
times.
Repeat the process with the following:

(16 + 9) 4
Students should write the sum of 16 and 9 times 4. If students say 16 plus 9 times 4, follow the sequence
above to correct their thinking.
(20 3) + (5 3)
Students may write the sum of 20 threes and 5 threes or the sum of 3 twenties and 3 fives, or the product of
20 and 3 plus the product of 5 and 3, and so on. Similarly, discuss why twenty times 3 plus 5 times 3 is unclear
and imprecise.
Problems 79: Comparison of expressions in word form and numerical form.
9 13
8 thirteens
The sum of 10 and 9, doubled
(2 10) + (2 9)
30 fifteens minus 1 fifteen
29 15
T:
Lets use <, >, or = to compare expressions. (Write 9 13 and 8 thirteens on the board.) Draw a
tape diagram for each expression and compare them.
S:
T:
T:
S:
(Draw and write 9 13 > 8 thirteens.)

We dont even need to evaluate the solutions in order to compare them.
Now compare the next two expressions without evaluation using diagrams.
They are equal because the sum of 10 and 9, doubled is (10 + 9) 2. The expression on the right is
the sum of 2 tens and 2 nines. There are 2 tens and 2 nines in each bar.
Repeat the process with the final example.
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.7
Lesson 3 52


Lesson Objective: Write and interpret numerical
expressions and compare expressions using a visual
model.
Return to the Application Problem. Create a

numerical expression to represent Gwens age.
In Problem 1(b) some of you wrote 12 (14 +

26) and others wrote (14 + 26) 12. Are both
expressions acceptable? Explain.
When evaluating the expression in Problem

2(a), a student got 85. Can you identify the
error in thinking?
Look at Problem 3(b). Talk in groups about how

you know the expressions are not equal. How
can you change the second expression to make
it equivalent to 18 27?
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.8
Lesson 3 52
In Problem 4, be sure to point out that

MeiLings expression, while equivalent, does
not accurately reflect what Mr. Huyhn wrote on
the board. As an extension, ask students to put
the expressions that MeiLing and Angeline
wrote into words.

After the Student Debrief, instruct students to complete
the Exit Ticket. A review of their work will help you
assess the students understanding of the concepts that
were presented in the lesson today and plan more
effectively for future lessons. You may read the
questions aloud to the students.
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.9
Name
Date
1. Draw a model. Then write the numerical expressions.

a. The sum of 8 and 7, doubled
b. 4 times the sum of 14 and 26
c. 3 times the difference between 37.5 and 24.5
d. The sum of 3 sixteens and 2 nines
e. The difference between 4 twenty-fives and 3

twenty-fives
f. Triple the sum of 33 and 27
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.10
2. Write the numerical expressions in words.

Expression
Words
The Value of the

Expression
a. 12 (5 + 25)
b. (62 12) 11
c. (45 + 55) 23
d. (30 2) + (8 2)
3. Compare the two expressions using >, <, or =. In the space beneath each pair of expressions, explain how
you can compare without calculating. Draw a model if it helps you.
a. 24 (20 + 5)
(20 + 5) 12
b. 18 27
20 twenty-sevens minus 1 twenty-seven
c. 19 9
3 nineteens, tripled
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.11
4. Mr. Huynh wrote the sum of 7 fifteens and 38 fifteens on the board.
a. Draw a model and write the correct expression.
5. Two students wrote the following numerical expressions.

Angeline: (7 + 15) (38 + 15)
MeiLing: 15 (7 + 38)
Are the students answers equivalent to your answer in Problem 4(a)? Explain your answer.
6. A box contains 24 oranges. Mr. Lee ordered 8 boxes for his store and 12 boxes for his restaurant.
a. Write an expression to show how to find the total number of oranges ordered.
b. Next week, Mr. Lee will both double the number of boxes he orders. Write a new expression to
represent the number of oranges in next weeks order.
c. Evaluate your expression from Part (b) to find the total number of oranges ordered in both weeks.
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.12
Name
Date
1. Draw a model then write the numerical expressions.

a. The difference between 8 forty-sevens and
7 forty-sevens
2. Compare the two expressions using >, <, or =.
62 (70 + 8)
Lesson 3:
Date:
(70 + 8) 26

7/4/13
2.B.13
Lesson 3 Homework 5
Name
Date
1. Draw a model then write the numerical expressions.

a. The sum of 21 and 4, doubled
c. 2 times the difference between 49.5 and 37.5
d. The sum of 3 fifteens and 4 twos
e. The difference between 9 thirty-sevens and 8

thirty-sevens
f.
Lesson 3:
Date:
Triple the sum of 45 and 55

7/4/13
2.B.14
Lesson 3 Homework 5
2. Write the numerical expressions in words.

Expression
Words
The Value of the

Expression
a. 10 (2.5 + 13.5)
b. (98 78) 11
c. (71 + 29) 26
d. (50 2) + (15 2)
3. Compare the two expressions using >, <, or =. In the space beneath each pair of expressions, explain how
you can compare without calculating. Draw a model if it helps you.
a. 93 (40 + 2)
(40 + 2) 39
60 twenty-fives minus 1 twenty-five
b. 61 25
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.15
Lesson 3 Homework 5
4. Larry claims that (14 + 12) (8 + 12) and (14 12) + (8 12) are equivalent because they have the same
digits and the same operations.
a. Is Larry correct? Explain your thinking.
b. Which expression is greater? How much greater?
Lesson 3:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.16
Lesson 4 52
Lesson 4
Objective: Convert numerical expressions into unit form as a mental
strategy for multi-digit multiplication.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Estimate Products 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)
Decompose Multiplication Sentences 3.OA.5
(4 minutes)
Write the Value of the Expression 5.OA.1
(4 minutes)
Estimate Products (4 minutes)

T:
S:
(Write 409 21 ____ ___ = ___.) On your boards, write the multiplication sentence rounding
each factor to arrive at a reasonable estimate of the product.
(Write 409 21 400 20 = 8,000.)
Repeat the process and procedure for 287 64; 3,875 92; and 6,130 37.
Decompose Multiplication Sentences (4 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 12 3 = ___.) Write the multiplication sentence.

(Write.)
(Write (8 3) + ( __ 3) = ___ below 12 3 = ___.) 12 is the same as 8 and what number?
4.
(Write (8 3) + (4 3) = ___. Below it, write 24 + ____ = ____.) Fill in the blanks.
(Write 12 3 = 36. Below it, they write (8 3) + (4 3) = 36. Below that line, they write 24 + 12 =
36.)
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.17
Lesson 4 52
Repeat using the following possible sequence: 14 4, 13 3, and 15 6, changing the missing numbers that
students need to fill in.
Write the Value of the Expression (4 minutes)

T:
S:
(On the board, write 11 (15 + 5).) Write the expression as a single multiplication sentence without
brackets.
(Write 11 20 = 220.)
Repeat the process for (41 11) 12, (75 + 25) 38, and (20 2) + (6 2).

Jaxon earned $39 raking leaves. His brother, Dayawn,
earned 7 times as much waiting on tables. Write a
numerical expression to show Dayawns earnings. How
much money did Dayawn earn?
Note: This problem is simple enough that students can
solve it using pencil and paper prior to Lesson 4. Allow
students to share their approach to solving. However in
the Debrief, students are asked to return to the
Application Problem and solve this problem again
applying a new mental strategy to evaluate.

NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS
OF ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
Problems 12
8 31
8 29
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Show 8 31 on the board.) What does this expression mean

when I designate 31 as the unit?
Add thirty one 8 times. 8 times as much as thirtyone.
What does it mean when I designate 8 as the unit?
Add eight 31 times. 31 times as much as 8.
Does our choice of unit change the product of the two
factors?
Lesson 4:
Date:
This lesson requires students to work

mentally with two-digit and three-digit
numbers. If basic multiplication facts
are not yet mastered, be prepared to
adjust numbers in calculations to suit
the learners level. A good time to
review mental math strategies is during
Sprints and fluency activities. Spending
time working on basic facts (with flash
cards, computer games, etc.) may be
necessary prior to this lesson.

7/4/13
2.B.18
Lesson 4 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
No.
Why not? What property allows for this?
The commutative property (any-order property) says
that the order of the factors doesnt matter. The
product will be the same.
Lets designate 8 as the unit. Ive drawn diagrams of 8
31 and 8 30.
Use the diagrams to consider how 8 30 helps us to
solve 8 31 when we designate eight as the unit,
(point to the diagram) and the other factor as the
number of units, 31 and 30. (Run your finger down the
length of each bar.) Turn and talk.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS
OF REPRESENTATION:
Possibly challenge students to (a) solve
the problem designating 31 as the unit,
(b) think of other ways to decompose 31
units of 8.
T: Could we have decomposed 31
eights in another way? Turn and talk.
S: (Students share.)
T: Yes! 31 eights is also equivalent to
20 eights plus 11 eights. Would this way
of decomposing 31 change the product
of 8 x 31?
S: No. It would be the same because 20
eights is 160 and 11 eights is 88, which
is the same as 160 + 88, which is 248.
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
31 eights is the same as 30 eights plus 1 eight. 30 eights is 240 and one more eight makes 248.
30 eights is easy, 240. 240 + 8 = 248.
How many more eights are in the first bar than in the second bar?
1 more eight.
Lets record our thinking. (Write 31 eights = 30 eights + 1 eight. 31 8 = (30 8) + (1 8).)
What is the value of 30 eights and 1 more eight? Say it in an addition sentence that corresponds to
our last equation. (Point to (30 8) + (1 8).)
240 + 8 = 248.
31 times 8 is?
248.
(Show 8 29 on the board.) What does this expression mean when we designate eight as the unit?
Add 29 eight times. Add 8 over and over 29 times.
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.19
Lesson 4 52
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
How does 8 30 helps us to solve 8 29? Turn and talk.

(Discuss.)
I heard Jackie say that 30 eights minus 1 eight is equal to 29 eights. (Write 30 eights 1 eight = 29
eights. 29 8. (30 8) (1 8) = 8 29.)
What is the value of 30 eights minus 1 eight?
232.
Could we have decomposed 29 eights in another way to help us evaluate the expression mentally?
Turn and talk.
(Share.)
Yes! 29 eights is also equivalent to 20 eights plus 9 eights. Would this way of decomposing 29
change the product of 8 29?
No.
Why not?
Because it is still 29 eights even though we found 20 eights then 9 eights. 20 eights = 160 and 9
eights is 72. Thats still 232.
Problems 34
49 20
20 51
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 49 20.) To solve this mentally using todays strategy, first determine which factor will be
designated as the unit. Why is 49 twenties or 20 forty-nines easier to work with? Turn and talk.
It is easier to think of 20 as the unit because then we can say 40 twenties and 9 twenties. Its
easier to think of twenty as the unit because it is 1 less than 50 twenties. (Students might also share
why 49 is easier.)
Lets agree to designate 20 as the unit. Go ahead and find the value of the expression using todays
unit form strategy. Use a tape diagram if you so choose.
(Work and share.)

What is the value of 49 20?
980.
Work with a partner to create an equivalent expression that you can use to help you solve 20 51
mentally. Write the equivalent expression and its value on your personal board. As before, you may
draw a tape diagram if you choose.
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.20
Lesson 4 52
S:
T:
(Work and share.)

(Circulate and assess for understanding. Be
receptive to any valid mental approach.)
Problems 56
101 12
12 98
T:
S:
Work independently to evaluate these two

expressions mentally. (Write 12 98 and 12
101 on the board.) Compare your work with a
neighbor when youre finished. Draw tape
diagrams if you choose.
(Work.)


Lesson Objective: Convert numerical expressions into
unit form as a mental strategy for multi-digit
multiplication.
What mental math strategy did you learn

today? (Unit form.) Choose a problem in the
Problem Set to support your answer.
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.21
Lesson 4 52
How did the Application Problem connect to

todays lesson? Which factor did you decide to
designate as the unit?
In Problem 1(b) the first two possible

expressions are very similar. How did you
decide which one was not equivalent?
Look at Problem 2. How did the think prompts

help to guide you as you evaluated these
expressions? Turn and talk.
What was different about the think prompts in

Problem 2 and Problem 3? (Problem 2 prompts
give the units, but not the number of units.
Problem 3 prompts give the number of units,
but not the name of the units.)
Explain to your partner how to solve Problem 1(e).

(Some students may have thought 101 15 = (101
10) + (101 5), while others may see that 101
15 = (100 15) + (1 15). Both are acceptable.)

Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.22
Name
Date
1. Circle each expression that is not equivalent to the expression in bold.

a. 16 29
29 sixteens
16 (30 1)
(15 1) 29
(10 29) (6 29)
(38 40) + (38 5)
45 (40 + 2)
45 thirty-eights
74 (60 1)
(74 5) + (74 9)
59 seventy-fours
b. 38 45
(38 + 40) (38 + 5)
c. 74 59
74 (50 + 9)
2. Solve using mental math. Draw a tape diagram and fill in the blanks to show your thinking. The first one
was done for you.
a. 19 25 = ________ twenty-fives
25
25
25
5
1
5
2
5
3
b. 24 11 = ________ twenty-fours
25
25
5
19
5
20
Think: 20 twenty-fives 1 twenty-five.

= (_______ 25) - (________ 25)
Think: _______ twenty fours + ____ twenty four

= (__________ 24) + (________ 24)
= __________ - ___________ = __________

= __________ + __________ = _________
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.23
c. 79 14 = ________ fourteens
d. 21 75 = ________ seventy-fives
Think: ____ fourteens 1 fourteen
Think: ___ seventy-fives + ___ seventy-five
= (______ 14) (_____ 14)
= (_____ 75) + (_____ 75)
= __________ - _________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
3. Define the unit in word form and complete the sequence of problems as was done in Problems 34 in the
lesson.
a. 19 15 = 19 ____________________
b. 14 15 = 14 ________
Think: 20 _____________ 1 _____________
Think: 10 ____________ + 4 ____________
= (20 ______) (1 _____)
= (10 ____) + (4 _____)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
c. 25 12 = 12 _________________
d. 18 17 = 18 ____________________
Think: 10 _____________ + 2 _____________
Think: 20 ________ 2 ________
= (10 ______) + (2 _____)
= (20 ______) (2 _____)
= __________ + __________ = __________
= __________ __________ = __________
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.24
4. How can 14 50 help you find 14 49?
5. Solve mentally.
a. 101 15 = __________________________
b. 18 99 = _________________________
6. Saleem says 45 32 is the same as (45 3) + (45 2). Explain Saleems error using words, numbers, and
pictures.
7. Juan delivers 174 newspapers every day. Edward delivers 126 more newspapers each day than Juan.
a. Write an expression to show how many newspapers Edward will deliver in 29 days.
b. Use mental math to solve. Show your thinking.
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.25
Name
Date
1. Solve using mental math. Draw a tape diagram and fill in the blanks to show your thinking.
a. 49 11 = ________ elevens
b. 25 13 = ________ twenty-fives
Think: 50 elevens 1 eleven
Think: _______ twenty-fives + ____ twenty-fives
= (______ 11) (_____ 11)
= (_____ 25) + (_____ 25)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.26
Name
Date
1. Circle each expression that is not equivalent to the expression in bold.

a. 37 19
37 nineteens
(30 19) (7 29)
37 (20 1)
(40 2) 19
(26 + 30) (26 + 5)
(26 30) + (26 5)
35 (20 + 60)
(34 8) + (34 9)
34 (90 1)
89 thirty-fours
b. 26 35
35 twenty-sixes
c. 34 89
34 (80 + 9)
2. Solve using mental math. Draw a tape diagram and fill in the blanks to show your thinking. The first one
was done for you.
a. 19 50 = ________ fifties
50
50
50
5
1
b. 11 26 = ________ twenty-sixes
50
50
19
5
20
Think: 20 fifties 1 fifties
Think: _______ twenty-sixes + ____ twenty-sixes
= (______ 50) (_____ 50)
= (_____ 26) + (_____ 26)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.27
c. 49 12 = ________ twelves
d. 12 25 = ________ seventy-fives
Think: ____ twelves 1 twelves
Think: ___ twenty-fives + ___ twenty-fives
= (______ 12) (_____ 12)
= (_____ 25) + (_____ 25)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
3. Define the unit in word form and complete the sequence of problems as was done in Problems 34 in the
lesson.
a. 29 12 = 29 ____________________
b. 11 31 = 31 ________
Think: 30 _____________ 1 _____________
Think: 30 ____________ + 1 ____________
= 30 ______) (1 _____)
= (30 ____) + (1 _____)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ + __________ = _________
c. 19 11 = 19 ____________________
d. 50 13 = 13 _________________
Think: 20 ________ 1 ________
Think: 10 ________ + 3 _______________
= (20 ______) (1 _____)
= (10 ______) + (3 _____)
= __________ __________ = __________
= __________ __________ = __________
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.28
4. How can 12 50 help you find 12 49?
5. Solve mentally.
a. 16 99 = __________________________
b. 20 101 = __________________________
6. Joy is helping her father to build a deck that measures 14 ft by 19 ft. Find the area of the deck using a
mental strategy. Explain your thinking.
7. The Lason School turns 101 years old in June. In order to celebrate, they ask each of the 23 classes to
collect 101 items and make a collage. How many total items will be in the collage? Use mental math to
solve. Explain your thinking.
Lesson 4:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.29
Lesson 5 52
Lesson 5
Objective: Connect visual models and the distributive property to partial
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Estimate Products by Rounding 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)
Multiply Mentally 5.NBT.5
(4 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Estimate Products by Rounding (4 minutes)
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
Materials: (S) Estimate Products by Rounding Pattern Sheet
Multiply Mentally (4 minutes)

Notes: This fluency drill will help bolster the students
understanding of and automaticity with the distributive
property of multiplication.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 9 10 =.) Say the multiplication sentence.

9 10 = 90.
(Write 9 9 = 90 ____ below 9 10 =.) On your
personal boards, write the number sentence, filling in
the blank.
(Students write 9 9 = 90 9.)
Whats 9 9?
81.
Many students will arrive in fifth grade

with the requisite knowledge to make
the connection between the tape
diagram and the area model. The first
problem set not only provides
scaffolding for those lacking this
knowledge, but it also makes clear the
importance of the commutative
property in interpreting multiplication
equations when no context is present.
That is, it is acceptable to name either
factor as the unit being counted
(multiplicand) and the number of times
it is being counted (multiplier).
Repeat the process and procedure for 9 100, 9 99, 15 10, 15 9, 29 100, and 29 99.
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.30
Lesson 5 52

Notes: This review fluency drill will help preserve skills students learned and mastered in Module 1 and lay
the groundwork for future concepts.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 31 100 = _____.) Say the multiplication sentence.

31 100 = 3,100.
(Write 3,100 2 = _____ below 31 100 = 3,100.) Say the multiplication sentence.
3,100 2 = 6,200.
(Write 31 200 = _____ below 3,100 2 = 6,200.) Say 31 200 as a three-step multiplication
sentence, taking out the hundred.
31 100 2 = 6,200.
(Write 31 200 = 6,200.)
Direct students to solve using the same method for 24 300 and 34 200.

Aneisha is setting up a play space for her new puppy. She will
be building a fence around part of her yard that measures 29
feet by 12 feet. How many square feet of play space will her
new puppy have? If you have time, solve it in more than one
way.
Note: This problem is a bridge from G5M2Lesson 4s unit
form mental math strategy. Students have significant
practice in finding area and multiplying two digits by two
digits in Grade 4.

Problem 1: Represent units using first the tape diagram, then the area model.
21 5
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write on the board 21 5.) Can you solve mentally using the unit form strategy?
Think (20 5) plus 5 more. This is twenty 5s and 1 more 5. The product is 105.
Represent that thinking with a tape diagram.
(Draw.)
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.31
Lesson 5 52
T:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
So you chose the factor 5 to be the unit. Can you

imagine the area in each unit? (Draw the first image.)
Todays lesson focuses on

multiplication without renaming, which
limits the digits and combination of
digits that can be used when creating
problems. Foster a students curiosity
about numbers and encourage them to
notice and explore the patterns in
todays problems. Have students share
their observations and challenge them
to create more multiplication problems
that do not require renaming.
Students might record their thoughts in
a journal.
T:
Imagine that all 21 boxes are stacked vertically. (Draw

second image.)
T:
There are so many units in this drawing. Lets represent all the boxes using an area model like the
type you used in fourth grade. (Draw third image.)
T:
S:
What values could you put in the area model? (How many units are in each part of the rectangle?)
1 5 = 5 and 20 5. 1 five and 20 fives. 100 and 5, 105.
T:
How are the area model and the tape diagram similar? How are they different?
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.32
Lesson 5 52
S:
T:
S:
They both show the same number of units. The tape diagram helped us think of 21 5 as (20 5)
plus 5 more. The area model helped us show all the boxes in the tape diagram without having to
draw every single one. It made it easier to see (20 5) plus (1 5).
Can we turn this area model so that we count 5 groups of 21? What effect will turning the rectangle
have on our area (product)? (Draw.)
Yes, we could have counted twenty-ones instead of fives by drawing lines horizontally across. We
could count 5 twenty-ones or 21 fives and it would be the same because of the commutative
property. The area wouldnt change. 5 21 is the same as 21 5. 5 21 = 21 5.
Problem 2: Products of two-digit and two-digit numbers, the area model and standard algorithm.
23 31
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Now that we have discussed how the area model can

show multiplication, lets connect it to a written
methodthe standard algorithm.
(Write 23 31 on the board.) Lets think about which
factor we want to name as our unit. Which do you
think is easier to count, 31 twenty-threes or 23 thirtyones? Turn and talk.
I think its easier to count units of twenty-three
because we can find 30 of them and then just add 1
more. I think 20 twenty-threes plus 3 twenty-threes
is easier.
Either works! Lets label the top with our unit of 23.
(Label top of area model.)
We showed units of five before. How can we show units of twenty-three now?
The 1 group of 23 is on top and the 30 group is on the bottom.
Does it matter how we split the rectangle? Does it change the area (product)?
No it doesnt matter. The area will be the same.
(Talk and solve.)
Whats the product of 1 and 23?
23.
Whats the product of 30 and 23?
690.
Now, add your partial products to find the total area
of our rectangle.
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.33
Lesson 5 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
MP.7
T:
S:
(Add.)
What is 23 31?
713.
Now, lets solve 23 31 using the standard algorithm. Show your neighbor how to set up this
problem using the standard algorithm.
(Show and talk.)
Work with your neighbor to solve using the standard algorithm.
(Solve.)
Take a look at the area model and the standard algorithm. Compare them. What do you notice?
We added 1 unit of 23 to 30 units of 23. In the area model we added two parts just like in the
algorithm. First we wrote the value of 1 twenty-three. Then we wrote the value of 30 twentythrees.
Explain the connections between (30 23) + (1 23), the area model and the algorithm.
(Explain the connections.)
Problem 3: Products of two-digit and three-digit numbers.

343 21
231 32
T:
S:
T:
(Write 343 21 on the board.) What should we designate as the unit?

Three hundred forty-three.
Lets find the value of 21 units of 343. Draw an area model and solve. Then solve with the
algorithm. Compare. What do you notice?
S:
T:
S:
(Draw and solve.)

Explain the connections between (20 343) + (1 343), the area model, and the algorithm.
(Explain connections.)
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.34
Lesson 5 52

problem set within the allotted 10 minutes. For some

Lesson Objective: Connect visual models and the
distributive property to partial products of the standard
Set. They should check work by comparing answers with a
partner before going over answers as a class. Look for
misconceptions or misunderstandings that can be
addressed in the Debrief. Guide students in a conversation
to debrief the Problem Set and process the lesson. You
may choose to use any combination of the questions
below to lead the discussion.
Look back at the area models in Problems 1 and 2.

What is the same about these two problems?
How could you use Problem 1 to help you solve
Problem 2?
How is multiplying three digits by two digits
different than multiplying two digits by two
digits? How is it the same? (Make sure that
students notice that the number of partial
products is determined by the multiplier. Twoby-two and two-by-three digit multiplication still
only has two partial products in the algorithm.
The only real difference is that the unit being
counted is a larger number.)
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.35
Lesson 5 52
What is different about Problem 4? (Decimal values.) Does using a decimal value like 12.1 as the
unit being counted change the way you must think about the partial products? Have students share
their area models with the class and discuss.

Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.36
Lesson 5:
Date:
Lesson 5 Pattern Sheet 52

7/4/13
2.B.37
Name
Date
1. Draw an area model and then solve using the standard algorithm. Use arrows to match the partial
products from the area model to the partial products of the algorithm.
a. 34 21
34
21
b. 434 21
434
21
2. Solve using the standard algorithm.

a. 431 12 = _________
Lesson 5:
Date:
b. 123 23 = _________
c. 312 32 = __________

7/4/13
2.B.38
3. Betty saves $161 a month. She saved $141 less each month than Jack. How much will Jack save in 2
years?
4. Farmer Brown feeds 12.1 kg of alfalfa to each of his 2 horses daily. How many kilograms of alfalfa will all
his horses have eaten after 21 days? Draw an area model to solve.
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.39
Name
1.
Date
Complete the area model then solve using the standard algorithm.
a. 21 23 = ________________
21
23
b. 143 12 = ______________
143
12
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.40
Name
Date
1. Draw an area model then solve using the standard algorithm. Use arrows to match the partial products
from the area model to the partial products in the algorithm.
a. 24 21 = ________________
24
21
b. 242 21 = _______________
242
21

a. 314 22 = __________
Lesson 5:
Date:
b. 413 22 = __________
c. 213 32 = __________

7/4/13
2.B.41
3. A young snake measures 0.23 m long. During the course of his lifetime, he will grow to be 13 times his
current length. What will his length be when hes full grown?
4. Zenin earns $142 per shift at his new job. During a pay period, he works 12 shifts. What would his pay be
for that period?
Lesson 5:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.42
Lesson 6 52
Lesson 6
Objective: Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Multiply Mentally 5.NBT.5
(4 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Multiply Using the Area Model 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)
Multiply Mentally (4 minutes)

Materials: (S) Mental Multiplication Pattern Sheet
Note: This fluency drill will help bolster the students understanding of and automaticity with the distributive
property of multiplication.
Distribute the Mental Multiplication pattern sheet and give students two minutes to do as many problems as
they can. Probe the room correcting misunderstandings and encouraging students to use mental math
strategies.

Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lesson 5 for the following possible sequence: 21 400,
312 300, and 2,314 200.
Multiply Using the Area Model (4 minutes)

T:
S:
(Write 43 12 =____.) Draw an area model on your personal board to solve.

(Students write 43 12 = ____.)
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.43
Lesson 6 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
Fill in your area model and number sentence.

(Write: 43 12 = 516.)
Solve using the algorithm.
(Solve.)
Repeat the procedure using the following sequence: 243 12 and 312 23.

Scientists are creating a material that may replace damaged
cartilage in human joints. This hydrogel can stretch to 21
times its original length. If a strip of hydrogel measures 3.2
cm, what would its length be when stretched to capacity?
Note: This problem is designed to bridge to Lesson 5 where
students are multiplying without renaming; however, it adds
the twist of multiplying by a decimal. Students should be
encouraged to estimate for a reasonable product prior to
multiplying. The use of a tape diagram may be beneficial for
some students.
(To show your students a short video of the hydrogel in action, go to http://www.seas.harvard.edu/newsevents/press-releases/tough-gel-stretches-to-21-times-its-length.)

Problem 1
64 73
Method 1: Area Model
T: Please divide your personal board into two sections. On one
side, well solve with an area model, and on the other, we will
connect it to the standard algorithm.
T: (Write 64 73 on the board.) Lets represent units of 73.
Draw an area model with your partner and label the length as 73.
T: How many seventy-threes are we counting?
S: 64.
T: How can we decompose 64 to make our multiplication
easier? Show this on your model.
S: Split it into 4 and 60. (Draw.)
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.44
Lesson 6 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
73 4 and 73 60 are both a bit more difficult to solve

mentally. How could we decompose 73 to make
finding these partial products easier to solve?
Split the length, too, into 3 and 70.
Lets record that and begin solving. Whats the
product of 4 and 3?
12.
(Continue recording the products in the area model.)
Now, add each rows partial products to find the value
of 64 73.
(Add.)
What is 64 groups of 73?
4,672
Method 2: Standard Algorithm

T: Show your neighbor how to write 64 73 in order to
solve using the standard algorithm.
T: First well find the value of 4 units of seventy-three.
T: 4 times 3 ones equals?
S: 12 ones.
T: 12 ones equal 1 ten and how many ones?
S: 2 ones.
T: Watch how I record. (Write the 1 on the line under the
tens place first, and the 2 in the ones place second.)
T: 4 times 7 tens equals?
S: 28 tens.
T: 28 tens plus 1 ten equals? (Point to the 1 you placed
on the line under the tens place.)
S: 29 tens.
T: Ill cross out the 1 ten and record 29 tens. 29 tens
equal how many hundreds and how many tens?
S: 2 hundreds 9 tens.
T: What did we multiply to find this product? Find this
product in your area model.
S:
T:
S:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT AND
EXPRESSION:
Point to the each portion of the area
model as you find the solution. Use
your hand to clearly indicate the image
or location that corresponds to your
words.
Add variety to the way in which you ask
questions. For example, 4 times 3 can
also be expressed as 4 ones times 3
ones; 4 groups of 3; 4 copies of 3; 4
threes, etc. Students should be
comfortable with the variety of
language when multiplying.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS
OF ENGAGEMENT:
Point to the each digit and factor as
you carefully work through the
recording process of the standard
algorithm. Use your hand to clearly
indicate the image or location that
corresponds to your words. Keep
teacher-talk clear and concise.
4 73. It is the sum of the two products in the top row

of the model.
Now, well find the value of 60 units of 73. What is 6
tens times 3 ones?
18 tens.
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.45
Lesson 6 52
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
T:
S:
How many hundreds can I make with 18 tens?

1 hundred, 8 tens.
Well record the hundred between the partial products. (Write a small 1 just below the 2 in 292, and
the 8 in the tens place beneath the 9 in 292.)
What is 6 tens times 7 tens?
42 hundreds.
42 hundreds plus 1 hundred equals? (Point to the
regrouped 1.)
43 hundreds.
Ill cross out the 1 hundred and record 43 hundreds.
43 hundreds equals how many thousands and how
many hundreds?
4 thousands 3 hundreds.
What did we multiply to find this other product? Find
NOTES ON
it in your area model.
MULTIPLE MEANS
60 73. It is the sum of the two products in the
OF ACTION
bottom row of the model.
AND EXPRESSION:
Turn and tell your partner what the next step is.
Adjust numbers in calculations to suit
I hear you saying that we should add these two
learners level. Some students may
products together.
struggle with 7s, 8s and 9s. Changing
the digits to more comfortable factors
Compare the area model with the algorithm. What do
will allow students to focus more on
you notice?
the algorithm itself.
Both of them have us multiply first then add, and the
Throughout the multiplication work,
answers are the same. In the partial products we
students should continue to estimate
had to add four sections of the rectangle that we
products and then evaluate their
combined into two products, and in the standard
calculation for reasonableness.
algorithm there were only two the whole time. The
partial products method looks like the standard
algorithm method, but the parts are decomposed.
Once having discussed, have the students do the entire problem independently and then working with a
partner. Allowing students to generate other examples to calculate may also be fruitful.
Problems 23 (Partners)
814 39
624 82
T:
S:
T:
(Write 814 39 on the board.) Partner A, use the

standard algorithm to solve. Partner B, draw an area
model to solve.
(Draw and solve.)
Compare your solutions.
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.46
Lesson 6 52
T:
(Post completed algorithm on board, for

students to check.) Be sure you are recording
your regrouped units correctly.
S:
(Check.)
Repeat for the second problem with partners switching

roles.


Lesson Objective: Connect area diagrams and the
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.47
Lesson 6 52
What pattern did you notice between Parts (a) and (b) of Problem 1? How did this slight difference
in factors impact your final product?
Explain to your partner how you recorded the regrouping in Problem 2(a). What were you thinking
and what did you write as you multiplied 9 tens times 5 tens?
Lets think about a problem like 23 45 and solving it with the algorithm. What is the first partial
product that we would find? (3 45) The second? (20 45) Would this be the only order in which
we could find the partial products? What else could we do? (Point out to students that it would also
be appropriate to find 20 units of 45 and then 3 units of 45. It is simply a convention to find the
smaller place value first. Use the area model to support this discussion.)
What information did you need before you could find the cost of the carpet in Problem 3? (The area
of the room.) How did you find that information? (Remind us how to find the area of a room.) Why
is area measured in square units?
Look at Problem 4. Discuss your thought process as you worked on solving this problem. There is
more than one way to solve this problem. Work with your partner to show another way. How does
your expression change? (Compare expressions that communicate the students thinking.)

Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.48
Lesson 6:
Date:
Lesson 6 Pattern Sheet 52

7/4/13
2.B.49
Name
Date
1. Draw an area model, and then solve using the standard algorithm. Use arrows to match the partial
products from your area model to the partial products in the algorithm.
a. 48 35
48
35
b. 648 35
648
35

a. 758 92
b. 958 94
c. 476 65
d. 547 64
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.50
3. Carpet costs $16 a square foot. A rectangular floor is 14 feet long by 16 feet wide. How much would it
cost to carpet the floor?
4. General admission to The American Museum of Natural History is $19.

a. If a group of 125 students visits the museum, how much will the groups tickets cost?
b. If the group also purchases IMAX movie tickets for an additional $4 per student, what is the new total
cost of all the tickets? Write an expression that shows how you calculated the new price.
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.51
Name
Date
a. 78 42 = ___________________
78
42
b. 783 42 = __________
783
42
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.52
Name
Date
a. 27 36 = ___________________
27
36
527
b. 527 36 = __________
36

a. 649 53
b. 496 53
c. 758 46
d. 529 48
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.53
3. Each of the 25 students in Mr. McDonalds class sold 16 raffle tickets. If each ticket cost $15, how much
money did Mr. McDonalds students raise?
4. Jayson buys a car and pays by installments. Each installment is $567 per month. After 48 months, Jayson
owes $1250. What was the total price of the vehicle?
Lesson 6:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.54
Lesson 7 52
Lesson 7
Objective: Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Multiply by Multiples of 10 and 100 5.NBT.2
(8 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Sprint: Multiply by Multiples of 10 and 100 (8 minutes)

Materials: (S) Multiply by Multiples of 10 and 100 Sprint
groundwork for multiplying with three-digit factors in the lesson.

Note: Since the area model will be used again in this lesson, a short review supports the solidity of the prior
learning before adding on the complexity of factors with more digits.
Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lesson 6 using the following possible sequence: 24 15
and 824 15.

The length of a school bus is 12.6 meters. If 9 school
buses park end to end with 2 meters between each one,
whats the total length from the front of the first bus to
the end of the last bus?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.55
Lesson 7 52
Note: This problem is designed to bridge to the current lesson with multi-digit multiplication while also
reaching back to decimal multiplication work from Module 1. Students should be encouraged to estimate for
a reasonable product prior to multiplying. Encourage students to use the most efficient method to solve this
problem.

NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
Problem 1
524 136
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Some students may find it difficult to

Compare the problem on the board with the problems
align digits in the standard algorithm.
we did yesterday. What do you notice?
Consider offering graph paper as a
Yesterday, we multiplied using only two-digit numbers
scaffold to support them.
as the number of units. The problems yesterday
had a two-digit number in them.
So which one of these factors should we designate as our unit? Turn and talk.
I think its easier to count 136 units of 524 than 524 units of 136. It seems like a lot less units to
count that way. Im not sure which one to use as the unit. It seems like it wont really matter this
time because they are both three-digit numbers. I think we should count 136 units of 524
because then we just have to multiply by 100 and 30 and 6. These seem easier to me than
multiplying by 500, 20, and 4. Im going to count 524 units of 136. I dont think multiplying by
500 then 20 then 4 will be any harder than the other way.
Very thoughtful conversations. Lets designate 524 as our unit. How will the area model for this
problem be different than yesterdays models?
There will be 3 columns and 3 rows. Yesterday we only had 2 rows because we used the smaller
number to tell the number of units. We used our larger numbers yesterday as our units.
Partner A, draw an area model to find the product. Partner B, solve using the standard algorithm.
(Work.)
Whats the product of 524 136?
71,264.
Compare your solutions by matching your partial
products and final product.
Problem 2
4,519 326
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
What is different about this problem?

We have a four-digit number this time.
Which factor will be our unit? Is one more efficient to use than the other? Turn and talk.
(Discuss as in Problem 1.)
Does the presence of the fourth digit change anything about how we multiply? Why or why not?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.56
Lesson 7 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
We will have an extra column in the area model, but we just multiply the same way.
Before we solve this problem, lets estimate our product. Round the factors and make an estimate.
5,000 300 = 1,500,000.
Now, solve this problem with your partner. Partner B
NOTES ON
should do the area model this time, and Partner A
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
should do the algorithm. As you work, explain to your
ACTION AND
partner how you organized your thoughts to make this
EXPRESSION:
problem easier. (How did you decompose your
When multiplying multi-digit numbers,
factors?)
(especially those with three-digit
(Work and explain to partners.)
multipliers) encourage students to
(Circulate and then review the answers. Return to the
remember which partial product they
estimated product and ask if the actual product is
are finding. This will help to remind
reasonable given the estimate.)
students about the zeros in the partial
Problem 3
4,509 326 (Estimate the product first.)
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
products. Ask, Are we multiplying by

ones, tens or hundreds? When
multiplying by a ten, what will the digit
in the ones place be? When
multiplying by hundreds, what will the
digits in the ones and tens place always
be?
We will count 326 units of 4,509.

Compare 4,519 and 4,509. How are they different?
Theres a zero in the tens place in 4,509.
What does 4,509 look like in expanded form?
4,000 + 500 + 9.
Can you imagine what the length of our rectangle
will look like? How many columns will we need to
represent the total length?
We will need only three columns.
This is a four-digit number. Why only three columns?
The rectangle shows area. So if we put a column in for
the tens place, we would be drawing the rectangle bigger than it really is. We are chopping the
length of the rectangle into three parts4,000, 500, and 9. That is the total length already. The
width of the tens column would be zero, so it has no area.
Work with a partner to solve this problem. Partner A will use the area model, and Partner B will
solve using the algorithm. Compare your work when you finish.
(Circulate and review answers. Have students assess the reasonableness of the product given the
estimate.)
Problem 4
4,509 306 (Estimate the product first.)
T:
S:
T:
This time we are counting 306 units of 4,509. How is this different from Problem 3?
Its going to be 20 units less of 4,509 than last time. There is a zero in both factors this time.
Thinking about the expanded forms of the factors, imagine the area model. How will the length and
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.57
Lesson 7 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
width be decomposed? How will it compare to Problem 3?

Like Problem 3, there are only three columns in the length again even though its a four-digit
number. The model doesnt need three rows because theres nothing in the tens place. We only
need to show rows for hundreds and ones.
(Allow students time to solve with the model.) What two partial products do these two rows
represent?
6 4,509 and 300 4,509.
Lets record what we just drew with the algorithm. Well begin with the first partial product
6 4,509. Find that partial product.
(Record first partial product.)

Now lets record 300 4,509. When we multiply a number by 100, what happens to the value and
position of each digit?
Each becomes 100 times as large and shifts two places to the left.
In the case of 4,509, when we multiply it by 300,
what would need to be recorded in the ones and
tens place after the digits shift?
Zeros would go in those places.

problem set within the allotted 10 minutes. For some
classes, it may be appropriate to modify the assignment by
specifying which problems they work on first. Some
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.58
Lesson 7 52

Lesson Objective: Connect area diagrams and the
algorithm with renaming.
Explain why a multiplication problem with a

three-digit multiplier will not always have
three partial products. Use Problem 1 (a) and
(b) as examples.
How are the area models for Problem 2 (a) and
(b) alike and how are they different?
What pattern did you notice in Problem 3?
Take time to discuss with students that the
choice of decomposition in the area model and
the order in which the partial products are
found can be highly variable. Use a context
such as a rug or garden to make the thinking
even more concrete.
It is important for students to understand that
the standard algorithms sequence of
decomposition by place value unit is a
convention. It is a useful convention as it
allows us to make efficient use of multiples of
ten which makes mental math easier.
However, it is not a rule. Allow students to
explore a multi-digit multiplication case like
52 35 by decomposing the area in many ways
and comparing the results. A few examples
are included below.
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.59
Lesson 7 52
Does it matter which factor goes on the top of the model or the algorithm? Why or why not? (The
orientation of the rectangle does not change its area.)
How many ways can you decompose the length? The width?
What are you thinking about as you make these decisions on how to split the area into parts?
(Mental math considerations, easier basic facts, etc.)
Do any of these choices affect the size of the area (the product)? Why or why not? (The outer
dimensions of the rectangle are unchanged regardless of the way in which it is partitioned.)
What new (or significant) math vocabulary did we use today to communicate precisely?
How did the Application Problem connect to todays lesson?

Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.60
Lesson 7:
Date:
Lesson 7 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.B.61
Lesson 7:
Date:
Lesson 7 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.B.62
Name
Date
products from the area model to the partial products in the algorithm.
481
a. 481 352
352
b. 481 302
481
302
c. Both 1(a) and 1(b) have three-digit multipliers. Why are there three partial products in 1(a) and only
two partial products in 1(b)?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.63
2. Solve by drawing the area model and using the standard algorithm.
8, 4 0 1
a. 8,401 305
305
7, 4 8 1
b. 7,481 350
350

a. 346 27
b. 1,346 297
c. 346 207
d. 1,346 207
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.64
4. A school district purchased 615 new laptops for their mobile labs. Each computer cost $409. Whats the
total cost for all of the laptops?
5. A publisher prints 1,512 copies of a book in each print run. If they print 305 runs, how many books will be
printed?
6. As of the 2010 census, there were 3,669 people living in Marlboro, New York. Brooklyn, New York, has
681 times as many people. How many more people live in Brooklyn than in Marlboro?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.65
Name
Date
1. Draw an area model, and then solve using the standard algorithm.
a.
642 257 = ____________________
642
257
b. 642 207 = ____________________
642
207
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.66
Name
Date
products from your area model to the partial products in your algorithm.
a. 273 346 = ________________
273
346
b. 273 306 = ________________
273
306
c. Both Parts (a) and (b) have three-digit multipliers. Why are there three partial products in (a) and
only two partial products in (b)?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.67
2. Solve by drawing the area model and using the standard algorithm.
a. 7,481 290 = __________________
b. 7,018 209 = _________________

a. 426 357
b. 1,426 357
c. 426 307
d. 1,426 307
4. The Hudson Valley Renegades Stadium holds a maximum of 4,505 people. During the heights of their
popularity, they sold out 219 consecutive games. How many tickets were sold during this time?
5. At the farmers market, each of the 94 vendors makes $502 in profit each weekend. How much profit will
all vendors make on Saturday?
Lesson 7:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.68
Lesson 8 52
Lesson 8
Objective: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard
algorithm and using estimation to check for reasonableness of the product.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(7 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

State in Exponential Form Name 5.NBT.2
(3 minutes)
Multiply Using the Area Model with a Zero in One Factor 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)
State in Exponential Form (3 minutes)

Note: This maintains earlier skills and encourages insights into the place value structure of multi-digit
multiplications partial products. A quick review of relevant vocabulary (base, exponent, power) may be in
order.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 102 =
.) Say the base.
10.
Say the exponent.
2.
Say 10 squared as a multiplication sentence starting with 10.
10 10 = 100.
Say it as a number sentence without using a multiplication sentence.
10 squared equals 100.
Repeat the process with 103, 104, 105, and 107.
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.69
Lesson 8 52
Multiply Using the Area Model with a Zero in One Factor (4 minutes)
Note: As mentioned in Lesson 7, students will need additional practice when there is a zero in one of the
factors. If deemed appropriate, students may be asked to share their observations about what they notice in
these cases and then justify their thinking.
Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lesson 7, juxtaposing similar problems such as 342 251
and 342 201 whereby one factor has a zero.

Erin and Frannie entered a rug design contest. The rules stated
that the rugs dimensions must be 32 inches 45 inches and
that they must use rectangles. They drew the following for their
entries. Show at least three other designs they could have
entered in the contest, and calculate the area of each section
and the total of your rugs.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
Students might be encouraged to
actually produce the designs that they
generate for this Application Problem.
This offers opportunity for students
not only to reinforce the notion that
area can be partitioned into multiple
partial products, but also allow for a
cross-curricular application of math
concepts.
Note: This Application Problem echoes the debrief discussion from Lesson 7. Accept any design whose
partitions are accurate. Have students compare the total area of their design to check.

Problem 1
314 236
T:
S:
T:
(Write 314 236 on the board.) Round each factor to estimate the product. Turn and talk.
314 is closer to 3 hundreds than 4 hundreds on the number line. 236 is closer to 2 hundreds than
3 hundreds on the number line.
Multiply your rounded factors to estimate the product. What is 300 times 200?
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.70
Lesson 8 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Hundreds times hundreds makes ten thousands. 3 2 is 6. So well get 6 ten-thousands, or 60,000.
Express 60,000 as a multiplication expression with an exponent.
6 104.
I noticed that we rounded both of our factors down to
the nearest hundred. Will our actual product be more
than or less than our estimated product? Why? Tell a
neighbor.
The answer should be more than 60,000. Our actual
factors are greater, therefore our actual product will
be greater than 60,000.
Work with a partner to solve using the standard
algorithm.
(Solve to find 74,104.)
Look back to our estimated product. Is our answer
reasonable? Turn and talk.
Yes, its greater like we thought it would be. Our
answer makes sense.
Problem 2
1,882 296
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 1,882 296 on the board.) Round each factor

and estimate the product. Will the actual product be
greater than or less than your estimate? Turn and talk.
1,882 rounds to 2,000. 296 rounds up to 300. The
estimated product is 600,000. We rounded both
factors up this time. Since our actual factors are
less than 2,000 and 300, our actual product must be
less than 600,000.
Work independently to solve 1,882 296.
(Solve.)
What is the product of 1,882 and 296?
557,072.
Is our product reasonable considering our estimate?
Turn and talk.
Yes, it is close to 600,000, but a bit less than our
estimated product like we predicted it would be.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
If students are not yet ready for
independent work, have them work in
pairs and talk as they estimate, solve,
and check their solutions. These types
of strategy-based discussions deepen
understanding for students and allow
them to see problems in different
ways.
Possibly have students compare the estimates of Problems 1 and 2.
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.71
Lesson 8 52
Problem 3
4,902 408
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 4,902 408 on the board.) Work independently to find an estimated product for this
problem.
(Pause.) Lets read the estimated multiplication sentence without the product.
4,902 408 is about as much as 5,000 400.
As I watched you work, I saw that some of you said our estimated product was 200,000, and others
said 2,000,000. One is 10 times as much as the other. Analyze the error with your partner.
5,000 400 is like (5 1,000) (4 100). Thats like (5 4) 100,000, so 20 copies of 1 hundredthousand. Thats 20 hundred thousands which is 2 million.
Simply counting the zeros in our
factors is not an acceptable strategy.
We should always be aware of our
units and how many of those units we
are counting.
Should our actual product be more or
less than our actual product? How do
you know? Turn and talk.
We rounded one factor up and one
factor down. Our actual product could
be more or less. We cant really tell
yet, since we rounded 4,902 up and
408 down. Our actual product might
be more or less than 2,000,000, but it
should be close.
Work independently to solve 4,902 408.
(Solve to find 2,000,016.)
Is the actual product reasonable?
Yes.

Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.72
Lesson 8 52

Lesson Objective: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole
numbers using the standard algorithm and using
estimation to check for reasonableness of the product.
How can estimating before solving help us?
Look at Problem 1 (b) and (c). What do you

notice about the estimated products? Analyze
why the estimates are the same yet the
products are so different. (You might point out
the same issue in Problem 1 (e) and (f).)
How could the cost of the chairs have been found using the unit form mental math strategy?
(Students may have multiplied 355 200 and subtracted 355.)
In Problem 4, Carmella estimated that she had 3,000 cards.
How did she most likely round her factors?
Would rounding the number of boxes of cards to 20 have been a better choice? Why or why
not? (Students might consider that she is done collecting cards and wont need any more
space. Others might argue that she is still collecting and could use more room for the
future.)
Do we always have to round to a multiple of 10, 100, or 1,000? Is there a number between
10 and 20 that would have been a better choice for Carmella?
Can you identify a situation in the real world where overestimating would be most appropriate? Can
you identify a situation in the real world where underestimation would be most appropriate? (For
example, ordering food for a party where 73 people are invited. The answer, of course, depends on
the circumstances, budget, the likelihood of the attendance of all who were invited, etc.)
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.73
Lesson 8 52

Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.74
Name
Date
1. Estimate the product first. Solve by using the standard algorithm. Use your estimate to check the
reasonableness of the product.
a. 213 328
b. 662 372
c. 739 442
200 300
= 60,000
213
328
d. 807 491
e. 3,502 656
f.
4,390 741
g. 530 2,075
h. 4,004 603
i.
987 3,105
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.75
2. Each container holds 1 L 275 mL of water. How much water is in 609 identical containers? Find the
difference between your estimated product and precise product.
3. A club had some money to purchase new chairs. After buying 355 chairs at $199 each, there was $1,068
remaining. How much money did the club have at first?
4. So far, Carmella has collected 14 boxes of baseball cards. Each box has 315 cards in it. Carmella
estimates that she has about 3,000 cards, so she buys 6 albums that hold 500 cards each.
a. Will the albums have enough space for all of her cards? Why or why not?
b. How many cards does Carmella have?
c. How many albums will she need for all of her baseball cards?
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.76
Name
Date
283
a. 283 416 = ___________
416
___________ ___________
= ___________
b. 2,803 406 = ___________
2803
406
___________ ___________
= ___________
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.77
Name
Date
a. 312 149
b. 743 295
c. 428 637
d. 691 305
e. 4,208 606
f.
3,068 523
g. 430 3,064
h. 3,007 502
i.
254 6,104
300 100
= 30,000
312
149
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.78
2. When multiplying 1,729 times 308, Clayton got a product of 53,253. Without calculating, does his
product seem reasonable? Explain your thinking.
3. A publisher prints 1,912 copies of a book in each print run. If they print 305 runs, the manager wants to
know about how many books will be printed. Whats a reasonable estimate?
Lesson 8:
Date:

products.
7/4/13
2.B.79
Lesson 9 52
Lesson 9
Objective: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard
Fluency Practice
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(10 minutes)
(40 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Multiply and Divide by Exponents 5.NBT.2
(4 minutes)
Estimate Products by Rounding 5.NBT.6
(6 minutes)
Multiply and Divide by Exponents (4 minutes)

Note: This review fluency drill will encourage flexible thinking because of the inclusion of division. The
notation of the exponent form is also important to revisit and reuse so that it becomes natural to the
students to think of powers of 10 written either as multiples of 10 or as exponents.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Project place value chart from millions to thousandths.) Write 45 tenths as a decimal.
(Write 4 in the ones column and 5 in the tenths column.)
Say the decimal.
4.5.
Multiply it by 102.
(Cross out 4.5 and write 450.)
Repeat the process and sequence for 0.4 102, 0.4 102, 3.895 103, and 5,472 103.
Estimate the Product (6 minutes)

Note: Just before beginning the lesson, estimating reminds students to apply this during the lesson.
T:
S:
(Write 412 231 ____ ___.) Round both factors to the nearest hundred.
400 200.
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.80
Lesson 9 52
T:
S:
Write 412 231 400 200. What is 400 200?

80,000.
Repeat the process and procedure for 523 298 500 300, 684 347, and 908 297.

Materials: (T/S) Problem Set, pencils
Note: This lesson omits the Application Problem component since the entire lesson is devoted to problem
solving. Problems for this section are found in this lessons Problem Set
Problem 1
An office space in New York City measures 48 feet by 56 feet. If it sells for $565 per square foot, what is the
selling price of the office space?
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
We will work Problem 1 on your Problem Set together. (Project problem on board.) Lets read the
word problem aloud.
(Read chorally.)
Now, lets re-read the problem sentence by sentence and draw as we go.
(Read the first sentence.)
What do you see? Can you draw something?
(Draw.)
Read the next sentence. (Give students time to read.) What is the important information and how
can we show that in our drawing?
The office space sells for $565 for each square foot. We can draw a single square unit inside our
rectangle to remind us. We can write that 1 unit = $565.
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.81
Lesson 9 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
How do we solve this problem? Turn and talk.

We have to multiply. We have to find the total square feet of the office space then multiply by $565.
We have to first find the area of the office space then multiply by $565.
What information are we given that would help us
figure out the area?
NOTES ON
We can multiply the length times the width.
2
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
(Solve to find 2688 ft .)
REPRESENTATION:
Have we answered the question?
Guide students to select and practice
No. We need to multiply the area by the cost of one
using various models (tape diagram,
square foot, $565, to find the total cost.
area model, etc.) to represent the
Solve and express your answer in a complete sentence.
given information in each problem
(Work.) The cost of the office space is $1,518,720.
Problem 2
Gemma and Leah are both jewelry makers. Gemma made 106 beaded necklaces. Leah made 39 more
necklaces than Gemma.
MP.2
a. Each necklace they make has exactly 104 beads on it.

How many beads did both girls use altogether while
making their necklaces?
b. At a recent craft fair, Gemma sold her necklaces for
$14 each. Leah sold her necklaces for $10 more. Who
made more money at the craft fair? How much more?
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
(Allow students to read the problem chorally, in pairs,

or in silence.)
Can you draw something?
Yes.
What can you draw?
A bar for Gemmas necklaces and a second, longer bar
for Leahs.
Go ahead and draw and label your tape diagrams.
(Allow time for students to work.)
What is the question asking?
We have to find the total number of beads on all the
necklaces.
What do we need to think about to solve this
problem? What do you notice about it?
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.82
Lesson 9 52
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
S:
T:
It is a multi-step problem. We need to know how

many necklaces Leah made before we can find the
total number of necklaces. Then we need to find the
number of beads.
Work together to complete the first steps by finding
the total number of necklaces.
We havent answered the question yet. Turn and talk
to your partner about how we can finish solving Part
(a).
We have to multiply to find the total beads for both
girls. Multiply Gemmas number of necklaces times
104 beads, multiply Leahs number of necklaces times
104, and then add them together. Add Gemma and
Leahs necklaces together then multiply by 104.
Use an expression to show your strategy for solving.
(106 104) + (145 104) or (106 + 145) 104.
Solve the problem with your partner and make a
statement to answer the question.
Gemma and Leah used 26,104 beads altogether.
Lets read Part (b) together.
(Read.)
Who made more money? Without calculating,
can we answer this question? Turn and talk.
Leah made more necklaces than Gemma, and
she charged more per necklace, so it makes
sense that she made more money.
Find out how much more money Leah made.
(Work.)
Leah made $1,996 more than Gemma.
Complete Problems 3, 4, 5, and 6 of the
Problem Set independently or in pairs.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS AND
ACTIONS OF
EXPRESSION:
Vary the grouping size in the
classroom. Smaller groups support
English language learners to navigate
the language of word problems and
allow students to find full proficiency
of the mathematics first, without the
obstacles of vocabulary.

Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.83
Lesson 9 52

Lesson Objective: Fluently multiply multi-digit whole
numbers using the standard algorithm to solve multi-step
word problems.
Share and explain to your partner the numerical

expression you wrote to help you solve
Problems 3 and 5.
Explain how Problems 3 and 5 could both be

solved in more than one way.
What type of problem are Problem 1 and Problem 5? How are these two problems different from
the others? (Problem 1 and 5 are measurement problems.)

Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.84
Name
Date
Solve.
1. An office space in New York City measures 48 feet by 56 feet. If it sells for $565 per square foot, what is
the total cost of the office space?
2. Gemma and Leah are both jewelry makers. Gemma made 106 beaded necklaces. Leah made 39 more
necklaces than Gemma.
a. Each necklace they make has exactly 104 beads on it. How many beads did both girls use altogether
while making their necklaces?
b. At a recent craft fair, Gemma sold each of her necklaces for $14. Leah sold each of her necklaces for
10 dollars more. Who made more money at the craft fair? How much more?
3. Peng bought 26 treadmills for her new fitness center at $1,334 each. Then she bought 19 stationary bikes
for $749 each. How much did she spend on her new equipment? Write an expression, and then solve.
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.85
4. A Hudson Valley farmer has 26 employees. He pays each employee $410 per week. After paying his
workers for one week, the farmer has $162 left in his bank account. How much money did he have at to
begin with?
5. Frances is sewing a border around 2 rectangular tablecloths that each measure 9 feet long by 6 feet wide.
If it takes her 3 minutes to sew on 1 inch of border, how many minutes will it take her to complete her
sewing project? Write an expression, and then solve.
6. Each grade level at Hooperville Schools has 298 students.

a. If there are 13 grade levels, how many students attend Hooperville Schools?
b. A nearby district, Willington, is much larger. They have 12 times as many students. How many
students attend schools in Willington?
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.86
Name
Date
Solve.
1. Juwad picked 30 bags of apples on Monday and sold them at his fruit stand for $3.45 each. The following
week he picked and sold 6 bags more.
a. How much money did Juwad earn in the first week?
b. How much money did he earn in the second week?
c. How much did Juwad earn selling bags of apples these two weeks?
d. (Bonus) Each bag Juwad picked holds 15 apples. How many apples did he pick in two weeks? Write
an expression to represent this statement.
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.87
Name
Date
Solve.
1. Jeffery bought 203 sheets of stickers. Each sheet has a dozen stickers. He gave away 907 stickers to his
family and friends on Valentines Day. How many stickers does Jeffery have remaining?
2. During the 2011 season, a quarterback passed for 302 yards per game. He played in all 16 regular season
games that year.
a. How many total yards did the quarterback pass for?
b. If he matches this passing total for each of the next 13 seasons, how many yards will he pass for in his
career?
3. Bao saved $179 a month. He saved $145 less than Ada each month. How much would Ada save in three
and a half years?
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.88
4. Mrs. Williams is knitting a blanket for her newborn granddaughter. The blanket is 2.25 meters long and
1.8 meters wide. What is the area of the blanket? Write the answer in centimeters.
5. Use the chart to solve.
Soccer Field Dimensions
Minimum Length
Maximum Length
Minimum Width
Maximum Width
FIFA Regulation
(in yards)
110
120
70
80
New York State High Schools

(in yards)
100
120
55
80
a. Write an expression to find the difference in the maximum area and minimum area of a NYS high
school soccer field. Then evaluate your expression.
b. Would a field with a width of 75 yards and an area of 7,500 square yards be within FIFA regulation?
Why or why not?
c. It costs $26 to fertilize, water, mow, and maintain each square yard of a full size FIFA field (with
maximum dimensions) before each game. How much will it cost to prepare the field for next weeks
match?
Lesson 9:
Date:

7/4/13
2.B.89
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic C

5.NBT.7, 5.OA.1, 5.OA.2, 5.NBT.1
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.7
Instructional Days:
G5M1
Place Value and Decimal Fractions
G5M4
Multiplication and Division of Fractions and Decimal Fractions
G6M2
-Links to:
relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method
and explain the reasoning used.
Throughout Topic C, students make connections between what they know of whole number multiplication to
its parallel role in multiplication with decimals, by using place value to reason and make estimations about
products (5.NBT.7). Knowledge of multiplicative patterns from Grade 4 experiences, as well as those
provided in Module 1, provide support for converting decimal multiplication to whole number multiplication.
Students reason about how products of such converted cases must be adjusted through division giving rise to
explanations about how the decimal must be placed.
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Decimal Multi-Digit Multiplication
Objective 1: Multiply decimal fractions with tenths by multi-digit whole numbers using place value
understanding to record partial products.
(Lesson 10)
Objective 2: Multiply decimal fractions by multi-digit whole numbers through conversion to a whole
number problem and reasoning about the placement of the decimal.
(Lesson 11)
Objective 3: Reason about the product of a whole number and a decimal with hundredths using place
value understanding and estimation.
(Lesson 12)
Topic C:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.1
Lesson 10 52
Lesson 10
Objective: Multiply decimal fractions with tenths by multi-digit whole
numbers using place value understanding to record partial products.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Multiply then Divide by the Same Number 5.NBT.2
(6 minutes)
Decompose Decimals 5.NBT.3
(6 minutes)
Multiply then Divide by the Same Number (6 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill reviews what happens when any number or expression is divided and then multiplied
by the same number in preparation for today's lesson.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
3 2 is?
6.
3 2 10 10 is?
6.
5 0.3 is?
1.5
5 0.3 10 10 is?
1.5.
(Continue the sequence with 3 2.5 and 2 3.4.)
Why are the products the same when we multiply by 10 and then divide by 10?
You are undoing what you did when you multiplied by 10. Were moving over one place to the left
on the place value chart and then back to the right again. Because, its just like multiplying by 1.
Lesson 10:
Date:
Multiply decimal fractions with tenths by multi-digit whole numbers

using place value understanding to record partial products.
7/4/13
2.C.2
Lesson 10 52
Decompose Decimals (6 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill reviews decimal place value concepts
and emphasizes partwhole decomposition through the use of
the number bond.
T: (Project 7.463.) Say the number.
S: 7 and 463 thousandths.
T: Represent this number in a two-part number bond with
ones as one part and thousandths as the other part
(pictured to the right).
S: (Draw.)
T: Represent it again with tenths and thousandths.
T: Represent it again with hundredths and thousandths.
Follow the same process for 8.972 and 6.849

The fifth-grade craft club is making aprons to sell. Each apron takes 1.25 yards of fabric that costs $3 per yard
and 4.5 yards of trim that costs $2 per yard. What does it cost the club to make one apron? If the club wants
to make $1.75 profit on each apron, how much should they charge per apron?
Note: This problem requires students to not only use their Module 1 knowledge of decimal by single-digit
multiplier knowledge, but also asks them to reason about a start unknown problem type.
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.3
Lesson 10 52
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:

Problems 13
43 2.4
3.5 42
15.6 73
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 43 2.4 on the board.) Round the factors to estimate

the product.
(Show.) 40 2 = 80.
Predict whether our estimate is greater than or less than the
actual product.
Less than, because both factors were rounded to numbers less
than the actual factors. Our actual answer might be about
90.
We have 43 units of 2.4. Id like to rename 2.4 using only
tenths. How many tenths would that be?
24 tenths.
Decompose those 24 tenths into expanded form along the
length of our rectangle. Lets write tenths out to the right to
remind us of the unit. (Demonstrate.)
The decimal multiplication in this and

following lessons builds on the concept
of whole number multiplication in
earlier module lessons and the single digit decimal multiplication from
Module 1. It is important for students
to note that because multiplication is
commutative, multiplication sentences
may be notated in any order. In this
part of the module, the decimal factor
will be designated as the unit
(multiplicandthe what that is being
multiplied) while the whole number
will be treated as the multiplier (the
how many copies number). This
interpretation allows students to build
on the repeated addition concept of
multiplying whole numbers, which has
formed the basis of the area model as
students understand it. This makes the
distributive property and the partial
products of the algorithm a direct
parallel to whole number work.
(Draw.)
Our rectangles width is 43 whole units. Decompose 43 into expanded form along the width.
(Draw.)
What partial products do the rows
represent?
3 24 tenths and 40 24 tenths.
Find the partial products and the final
product.
(Multiply the cells and add the rows.)
We found that we have 1,032 of what unit?
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.4
Lesson 10 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Tenths.
Write 1,032 tenths in standard form.
103.2.
Compare this to our estimate. Is our product reasonable?
Our estimate was 80, and our exact product is 103.2. Our product is reasonable.
Lets solve this same problem using the algorithm. (Write 24 tenths 43 on the board as shown.)
When we find the product, we have to remember that we copied tenths. Solve this problem, and
then share with your partner.
(Work and share.)
Look back at your area model. Find these partial products in your algorithm. Turn and talk.
72 is the first row in the area model and the first row in the algorithm. I see 72 tenths in both of
them. I see 960 tenths in the second row of both.
Weve found 1,032 tenths using a second strategy. Lets write it in standard form.
103.2.
Its important to have students recognize that the area model thats been drawn using whole number values
would be 10 times as wide as the model we would draw using tenths.
T:
We dont have to do this process in such a long way. Here is a simplifying short cut for multiplying
by 1. We can first multiply one of the factors by 10 and then divide the product by 10.
The student demonstrates this with the algorithm by multiplying by 10 and then dividing by 10. Its like
multiplying by 1! 2 times 3 times 10 divided by 10 is 6. See, its the same idea just with bigger numbers.
T:
S:
T:
S:
Solve 3.5 42. Round the factors and estimate the

product.
4 40 = 160.
Naming 3.5 using tenths, draw an area model to
show 3.5 42. Check your work with your partner.
Remember to compare your final product with your
estimate to see if your answer is reasonable.
(Work.)
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.5
Lesson 10 52
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Partner A, confirm this product by naming 3.5 in tenths

and using the standard algorithm to solve. Partner B,
confirm this product by multiplying 3.5 by 10 and then
dividing the product by 10.
How are these two ways of thinking the different?
Turn and talk to your partner.
In the first way we thought of 3.5 as 35 tenths. After
we multiplied by 42, we still had tenths. In the
second way, we multiplied 3.5 times 10, and then the
final product divided by 10. Multiplying by 10 and
then dividing by 10 doesnt change the value of the
answer because we are really just multiplying by 1.
How are these two ways of thinking the same? Turn
and talk to your partner.
In both cases, we needed to think about the original
units of the first factor. In both cases, we had the
same partial products. In both cases, the
multiplication process was exactly the same. After we
adjusted the product, the answer to both was the same.
Repeat sequence for 15.6 73. Have students compare this problem with the others in the set, making sure
to elicit from them that the presence of the third column in the area model does not change the thinking
behind the area model, nor does it affect the partial products. Also encourage students to think about
multiplying the decimal factor by 10 and then adjusting the product through division by 10.


Lesson Objective: Multiply decimal fractions with tenths
by multi-digit whole numbers using place value
understanding to record partial products.
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.6
Lesson 10 52

Set. They should check work by comparing answers with
a partner before going over answers as a class. Look for
addressed in the Debrief. Guide students in a
conversation to debrief the Problem Set and process the
lesson. You may choose to use any combination of the
questions below to lead the discussion.
Discuss Michelles error in Problem 3 by allowing

students to share their representations and
explanations. Some students may explain her
error by saying that she should have said 1,768
tenths. Others may offer that she should have
written her answer in standard form as 176.8.
Either explanations premise is that Michelle did
not consider the unit of her final product.
How does being fluent in whole number multidigit multiplication help you multiply decimals?
(Focus student attention on the notion that the
algorithm is exactly the same, but different units
must be considered when multiplying decimals.)
Extend student reasoning about decimal multiplication by offering a case such as 0.3 42. Ask
students how they would draw an area model and/or record this case vertically. Point out that the
convention is to write the numeral with the most digits as the top number in the algorithm, but
that this is not expressly necessary. Ask students to discuss how putting the single-digit numeral (3
tenths) as the top number affects the recording of partial products? (It doesnt. The process is the
same. The order is different.)

effectively for future lessons. You may read the questions aloud to the students
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.7
Name
Date
1. Estimate the product. Solve using an area model and the standard algorithm. Remember to express your
products in standard form.
a. 22 2.4
______ _______ = ____
2 4 (tenths)
22
b. 3.1 33
______ _______ =________
3 1 (tenths)
3 3
2. Estimate, and then use the standard algorithm to solve. Express your products in standard form.
a. 3.2 47 ______ _______ = _______
b. 3.2 94 _______ ______ = _______
3 2 (tenths)
3 2 (tenths)
4 7
94
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.8
c. 6.3 44
d. 14.6 17
e. 8.2 34
f.
160.4 17
3. Michelle multiplied 3.4 52. She incorrectly wrote 1,768 as her product. Use words, numbers, and
pictures to explain Michelles mistake.
4.
A wire is bent to form a square with a perimeter of 16.4 cm. How much wire would be needed to form
25 such squares? Express your answer in meters.
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.9
Name
Date
1. Find the products using the area model and the standard algorithm.
a. 33.2 21
b. 1.7 55
2. If the product of 485 35 is 16,975, what is the product of 485 3.5? How do you know?
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.10
Name
Date
1. Estimate the product. Solve using an area model and the standard algorithm. Remember to express your
products in standard form.
a. 53 1.2
______ _______ = ____
1 2 (tenths)
53
b. 2.1 82
______ _______ =________
2 1 (tenths)
82
2. Estimate, and then use the standard algorithm to solve. Express your products in standard form.
a. 4.2 34
______ _______ = _______
b. 65 5.8
________ ______ = _______
4 2 (tenths)
5 8 (tenths)
34
65
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.11
c. 3.3 16
d. 15.6 17
e. 73 2.4
f.
193.5 57
3. Mr. Jansen is building an ice rink in his backyard that will measure 8.4 meters by 22 meters. What is the
area of the rink?
4. Rachel runs 3.2 miles each week day and 1.5 miles each day of the weekend. How many miles will she
have run in 6 weeks?
Lesson 10:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.12
Lesson 11 52
Lesson 11
Objective: Multiply decimal fractions by multi-digit whole numbers
through conversion to a whole number problem and reasoning about the
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Multiply Decimals 5.NBT.2
(8 minutes)
Multiply then Divide by the Same Number 5.NBT.2
(4 minutes)
Sprint: Multiply Decimals (8 minutes)

Materials: (S) Multiply Decimals Sprint
Note: This review fluency drill will provide single-digit multiplication practice with decimals that will help with
computation during the content development.
Multiply then Divide by the Same Number (4 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill reviews what happens when any number or expression is divided and then multiplied
by the same number in preparation for today's lesson.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
3 4.1 is?
12.3.
12.3 10 10 is?
12.3.
3 4.1 1 is?
12.3.
(Repeat with 3 2.4.)
3 4 17.6 17.6 is?
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.13
Lesson 11 52
S:
T:
12.
Discuss how you know that is true with your partner.

Mr. Mohr wants to build a rectangular patio using concrete tiles that are 12 inches square. The patio will
measure 13.5 feet by 43 feet. What is the area of the patio? How many concrete tiles will he need to
complete the patio?
Note: This Application Problem asks students to use the decimal multiplication concepts from Lesson 10. In
addition, students must demonstrate understanding of area and use that understanding to reason about the
number of tiles needed in Part (b). This problem involves a decimal factor of tenths. Use this problem as a
springboard for todays lesson which extends to multiplication of decimal factors of hundredths.

Problems 13
7.38 41
8.26 128
82.51 63
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 7.38 41.) Compare this problem to our

Application Problem.
Its still multiplication of a decimal by a whole number.
The decimal in the Application Problem was tenths.
This is hundredths.
Estimate this product.
7 40 = 280.
Predict whether our estimate is greater than or less
than the actual product.
Lesson 11:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
The compensation strategy of
multiplying a decimal number by a
multiple of 10 and then dividing the
product by the same multiple of 10
may require some time for students to
internalize. The following scaffolds
may be appropriate:
Encourage students to draw the
think bubble next to their work, or
encourage them to label the units.
Encourage students who are
struggling with the standard
algorithm to use the area model.
The area model provides support by
calculating all the partial products of
the problem.

7/4/13
2.C.14
Lesson 11 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Less than, because both factors were rounded to numbers less than the actual factors. Our
actual answer will be more than 280, but it will still be in the hundreds.
We have 41 units of 7.38. Id like to rename 7.38 using only hundredths. How many hundredths
would that be? How do you know?
738 hundredths because 7 is 700 hundredths plus another 38 hundredths equals 738 hundredths.
7 and 38 hundredths times 100 equals 738 hundredths.
Lets use an area model to find the actual product of this expression. Decompose those 738
hundredths into expanded form along the length of our rectangle. Write hundredths out to the right
to remind us that weve named 7.38 as hundredths. (Demonstrate.)
(Draw.)
Our rectangles width is 41 whole units. Decompose 41 into expanded form along the width.
(Draw.)
What two partial products do these rows
represent?
1 738 hundredths and 40 738
hundredths.
Find the partial products and
the final product.
(Multiply the cells and add the
rows.)
We found that we have 30,258 of what unit?
Hundredths.
We need to write this in standard form. How can our estimate help us convert our product back to
wholes and hundredths?
The estimate told us that our answer was in the
hundreds, not the ten-thousands or the thousands.
NOTES ON
30,258 is about 100 times as large as our estimate said
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
the real answer should be, so we need to divide by 100
REPRESENTATION:
to make the answer make sense.
Students may discover the pattern that
What is 30,258 hundredths written in standard form?
the number of decimal digits in the
302.58.
factors equals the number of decimal
digits in the product. While this can be
Lets solve this same problem using the algorithm.
a useful observation, keep students
Yesterday we rewrote our first factor as a whole
focused on the reason for the pattern.
number with the unit name to the right. (Write 738
We multiplied a factor by a power of
hundredths 41 on the board as shown.) Today, lets
10, therefore we must divide the
think about the units without removing the decimal
product by the same power of 10 to
from our first factor. We see 7.38, but we think 738
adjust it.
hundredths. Multiply 738 41 and find the product.
Look back at your area model to confirm the partial
products in your algorithm.
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.15
Lesson 11 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Work.)
This product is 100 times as large as the product of our original problem. What should we do to
adjust this product so that it answers our original problem of 7.38 41?
We should divide by 100.
Let me record what I hear you saying. (Write on board as shown). So, is our adjusted product of
302.58 reasonable given our estimate?
Yes.
Work with the other two problems in this set as you feel is best for your students. Continue with other
examples if necessary. Encourage students who struggle with the algorithm to use the area model, while
allowing students to forego the area model if they are proficient with the algorithm.


Lesson Objective: Multiply decimal fractions by multidigit whole numbers through conversion to a whole
number problem and reasoning about the placement of
the decimal.
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.16
Lesson 11 52

Have students share what they wrote in the

think bubbles for Problem 1 and compare
approaches.
Have students share their strategies for
Problem 2(d). This item differs from the others
on the Problem Set as it contains a decimal less
than one. Does this affect the process for
solving? Why or why not? (It is important to
note with students, that while convention
dictates that the number with more digits is
put on top in the algorithm, this is not strictly
necessary.)
Problem 3 provides an opportunity for students
to reason about the compensation strategy without the burden of the actual multiplication. Explore
the relationships between the relative size of the factors in the whole number problems and the
factors in the decimal problems and resultant relationships between the products. (One factor in
the whole number problem is 100 times as large as the corresponding decimal factor. This results
are products that share the same digits, but are 1 hundredth the size. Refer to the second UDL box
in the lesson.)

Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.17
Lesson 11:
Date:
Lesson 11 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.C.18
Lesson 11:
Date:
Lesson 11 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.C.19
Name
Date
1. Estimate the product. Solve using the standard algorithm. Use the thought bubbles to show your
thinking. (Draw an area model on a separate sheet if it helps you.)
a. 1.38 32
_______ ______ = ________
b. 3.55 89 _____________= _________
Think: 138
(1.38 100)
1 .3 8
3 .5 5
32
89
Think! 4416 is 100

times too large! What
is the real product?
1.38 32 = ____________
2.
3.55 89 = _______________
Solve using the standard algorithm.

a. 5.04 8
b. 147.83 67
c. 83.41 504
d. 0.56 432
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.20
3. Use the whole number product and place value reasoning to place the decimal point in the second
product. Explain how you know.
a. If 98 768 = 75,264
then 98 7.68 = ______________
b. If 73 1,563 = 114,099
c. If 46 1,239 = 56,994
then
then
73 15.63 = _____________
46 123.9 = ______________
4. Jenny buys 22 pens that cost $1.15 each and 15 markers that cost $2.05 each. How much will Jenny
spend?
5. A living room measures 24 feet by 15 feet. An adjacent square dining room measures 13 feet on each
side. If carpet costs $6.98 per square foot, what is the total cost of putting carpet in both rooms?
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.21
Name
Date
Use estimation and place value reasoning to give the missing product. Explain how you know.
1.
If 647 63 = 40,761
then
6.47 63 = ____________________

a. 6.13 14
b. 104.35 34
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.22
Name
Date
1. Estimate the product. Solve using the standard algorithm. Use the thought bubbles to show your
thinking. (Draw an area model on a separate sheet if it helps you.)
a. 2.42 12
Think: 242
(2.42 100)
______ ______ = _______
b. 4.13 37 _____________= _________
2 .4 2
4 .1 3
12
37
Think! 2904 is 100

times too large! What
is the real product?
2.42 12 = ____________
4.13 37 = _______________

a. 2.03 13
c. 371.23 53
b. 53.16 34
d. 1.57 432
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.23
3. Use the whole number product and place value reasoning to place the decimal point in the second
product. Explain how you know.
a. If 36 134 = 4,824
then
b. If 84 2,674 = 224,616
c. 19 3,211 = 61,009
36 1.34 = ______________
then 84 26.74 = _____________
then
321.1 19 = ______________
4. A slice of pizza costs $1.57. How much does 27 slices cost?
5. A spool of ribbon holds 6.75 meters. If the craft club buys 21 spools:
a. What is the total cost if the ribbon sells for $2 per meter?
b. If the club uses 76.54 meters to complete a project, how much ribbon will be left?
Lesson 11:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.24
Lesson 12 52
Lesson 12
Objective: Reason about the product of a whole number and a decimal
with hundredths using place value understanding and estimation.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(10 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Unit Conversions 5.MD.1
(5 minutes)
State the Decimal 5.NBT.3
(5 minutes)
Unit Conversions (5 minutes)

Note: Reviewing this fluency will build a foundation for upcoming Topic D lessons on measurement problem
solving.
T:
S:
(Write 12 in = ___ ft.) 12 inches is the same as how many feet?

1 foot.
Repeat the process for possible sequence: 24 in, 36 in, 48 in, and 120 in.
T:
S:
(Write 1 ft = ___ in.) 1 foot is the same as how many inches?

12 inches.
Repeat the process and procedure for 2 ft, 2.5 ft, 3 ft, 3.5 ft, 4 ft 4.5 ft 9 ft, 9.5 ft 27 ft, and 27.5 ft.
State the Decimal (5 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill will review concepts learned in Module 1.
T:
S:
Say the number as a decimal. 8 tenths.

Zero point eight.
Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.25
Lesson 12 52
Repeat process using the following possible sequence: 9 tenths, 10 tenths, 11 tenths, 19 tenths, 20 tenths, 30
tenths, 35 tenths, 45 tenths, 85 tenths, 83 tenths, 63 tenths, and 47 tenths.
T:
S:
Say the number as a decimal. 8 hundredths.

Zero point zero eight.
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 9 hundredths, 10 hundredths, 20 hundredths, 30
hundredths, 90 hundredths, 95 hundredths, 99 hundredths, 199 hundredths, 299 hundredths, 257
hundredths, and 463 hundredths.

Thirty-two cyclists make a seven day trip. Each cyclist requires 8.33 kg of food for the entire trip. If each
cyclist wants to eat an equal amount of food each day, how many kg of food will the group be carrying at the
end of day 5?
Note: This problem asks students to divide a decimal by whole

number, which they learned in Module 1 as well as multiply a decimal
by a two-digit whole number which is the focus of the current lesson.
Accept any valid approach to solving the problem.

The time allotted for Lesson 12s Concept Development can be
used to consolidate the learning that has occurred in Lessons 10
and 11. Three sets of problems have been provided for
students who are ready to extend their decimal multiplication
knowledge. The teaching sequence from the aforementioned
lessons may be used to guide instruction. Students should be
encouraged to imagine the area model while writing the
algorithm as well as verbalize the thinking of multiplying and
dividing by 10. Note that Problems 79 involve decimals less
than 1. This is intended to serve as a challenge set for advanced
learners.
Lesson 12:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
By this point in the module, students
will most certainly differ in their
independence with decimal
multiplication. Continue to allow
students to use area models as a
support for finding products. Give
students who are comfortable in their
knowledge of the algorithm freedom to
simply compute the products without
drawing the area model.

7/4/13
2.C.26
Lesson 12 52
Problems 13
Problems 46
Problems 79
2.31 22 =
2.31 221 =
=
2.31 201=
=
495 1.11=
0.98 495 =
2.5 51 =
0.25 51
102.64 495 =
0.56 84


Lesson Objective: Reason about the product of a whole
number and a decimal with hundredths using place value
understanding and estimation.
Discuss the estimates for Problem 2 (c) and (d).

Have students notice that in (c), 26 is multiplied
by a factor a bit more than 1 and in (d) by a factor
less than 1. What effect does this have on the
products?
Continue to discuss the relationships between
the actual problem and the parallel whole
number problem which they use to get the digits
of the product. Have them articulate the
adjustments that must be made to the products
Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.27
Lesson 12 52
in order to answer the actual multiplication sentence. (If I think about 1.24 as hundredths, I must
multiply by 100, but my product must be adjusted by dividing by 100.)

Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.28
Name
Date
1. Estimate, and then solve using the standard algorithm. You may draw an area model if it helps you.
a. 1.21 14
b. 2.45 305
________ _______ = _________
________ _______ = _________
2. Estimate, and then solve using the standard algorithm. Use a separate sheet to draw the area model if it
helps you.
a. 1.23 12
b.
c. 0.23 14
d. 0.45 26
Lesson 12:
Date:
1.3 26

7/4/13
2.C.29
e. 7.06 28
f.
6.32 223
g. 7.06 208
h. 151.46 555
3. Denise walks on the beach every afternoon. In the month of July she walked 3.45 miles each day. How
far did Denise walk during the month of July?
4. A gallon of gas costs $4.34. Greg puts 12 gallons of gas in his car. He has a 50-dollar bill. Tell how much
money Greg will have left, or how much more money he will need. Show all your calculations.
5. Seth drinks a glass of orange juice every day that contains 0.6 grams of Vitamin C. He eats a serving of
strawberries for snack after school every day that contains 0.35 grams of Vitamin C. How many grams of
Vitamin C does Seth consume in 3 weeks?
Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.30
Name
Date
Find the product using the standard algorithm.
a. 3.03 402
b.
Lesson 12:
Date:
667 1.25

7/4/13
2.C.31
Name
1.
Date
Estimate, and then solve using the standard algorithm. You may draw an area model if it helps you.
a. 24 2.31
________ _______ = _________
2. 3 1
24
b. 5.42 305
________ _______ = _________
5. 4 2
3 05
2. Estimate, and then solve using the standard algorithm. Use a separate sheet to draw the area model if it
helps you.
a. 1.23 21
b. 3.2 41
c. 0.32 41
d. 0.54 62
Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.32
e. 6.09 28
f.
6.83 683
g. 6.09 208
h. 171.76 555
3. Eric walks 2.75 miles to and from work every day for an entire year. How many miles did he walk?
4. Art galleries often price paintings by the square inch. If a painting measures 22.5 inches by 34 inches and
costs $4.15 per square inch, what is the selling price for the painting?
5. Gerry spends $1.25 each day on lunch at school. On Fridays she buys an extra snack for $0.55. How
much money will she spend in two weeks?
Lesson 12:
Date:

7/4/13
2.C.33
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic D
Measurement Word Problems with

Whole Number and Decimal
Multiplication
5.NBT.5, 5.NBT.7, 5.MD.1, 5.NBT.1, 5.NBT.2
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1

system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multi-step,
real world problems.
Instructional Days:
G4M2
Unit Conversions and Problem Solving with Metric Measurement
G5M4
G6M1
Ratios and Unit Rates
-Links to:
In Topic D, students explore multiplication as a method for expressing equivalent measures. For example,
they multiply to convert between meters and centimeters or ounces and cups with measurements in both
whole number and decimal form (5.MD.1). These conversions offer opportunity for students to not only
apply their new found knowledge of multi-digit multiplication of both whole and decimal numbers, but to also
reason deeply about the relationships between unit size and quantityhow the choice of one affects the
other.
Topic D:
Date:
Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and Decimal

Multiplication
7/4/13
2.D.1
Topic D 52
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and
Decimal Multiplication
Objective 1: Use whole number multiplication to express equivalent measurements.
(Lesson 13)
Objective 2: Use decimal multiplication to express equivalent measurements.
(Lesson 14)
Objective 3: Solve two-step word problems involving measurement and multi-digit multiplication.
(Lesson 15)
Topic D:
Date:
Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and Decimal

Multiplication
7/4/13
2.D.2
Lesson 13 52
Lesson 13
Objective: Use whole number multiplication to express equivalent
measurements.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
A NOTE ON
STANDARDS
ALIGNMENT:
(12 minutes)
(12 minutes)
(26 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Divide by 10, 100, and 1,000 5.NBT.2
(2 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(3 minutes)
Divide by 10, 100, and 1,000 (2 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill will prepare students to use divide by 10 patterns
for multi-digit whole numbers in Lesson 16
T:
S:
While students are asked to generalize

an equation to express whole number
conversions, it is important to note
that Lesson 13 is a review of the
concepts of 4.MD.1 and 4.MD.2. The
reasoning required to convert a
measurement expressed in a larger
unit to an equivalent measure of a
smaller unit is a concept that is difficult
to master for many students. If
students are fluent with these whole
number conversions, it may be
advisable to combine Lessons 13 and
14 with a heavier emphasis on the
decimal multiplication and conversions
found in Lesson 14.
(Write 30 10 =______.) Say the answer.

3.
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 300 100; 3,000 1,000; 5,000 1,000; 50 10;
500 100; 5,000 100; 3,000 100; 30,000 1,000; 50,000 1,000; 40 10, 400 10; 4,000 10;
40,000 10; 700 100; 7,000 100; 70,000 100; 700,000 100; 7,000,000 1,000.

Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lessons 11 and 12 for the following possible sequence:
5.21 34 and 8.35 73.

Note: Reviewing this fluency will build a foundation for upcoming Module 2 lessons.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.3
Lesson 13 52
T:
S:
(Write 1 ft = ___ in.) 1 foot is the same as how many inches?

12 inches.
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 2 ft, 3 ft, 4 ft, 10 ft, 5 ft, 7 ft.
T:
S:
(Write 100 cm = ___ m.) 100 centimeters is the same as how many meters?
1 meter.
Repeat the process and procedure for 200 cm, 300 cm, 600 cm, 800 cm, 400 cm.

Preparation: Cuts pieces of string in four different colors. There should be enough pieces so that individual
or pairs of students have one string.
Blue stringsto the nearest foot. Pieces measure 1 ft, 2 ft, 3 ft, and 4 ft.
Red stringsto the nearest inch. Pieces measure 12 in, 24 in, 36 in, and 48 in.
Yellow stringto the nearest meter. Pieces measure 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 4 m.
Green stringto the nearest centimeter. Pieces measure 100 cm, 200 cm, 300 cm, and 400 cm.
Procedure: Pass out one piece of string for every one or two students. Tell students that every string has an
exact match, and after they measure their string, they will find their strings match. Instruct students to
measure their piece of string using the unit specified by the color of their string.
After all pairs have successfully measured, they should find the student(s) who have the different color string
with the exact same string length as theirs, such that the student with the blue string measuring 1 foot,
should find the student(s) with the red string measuring 12 inches. Students should compare and discuss
their measurements. Prompt students to explain how the same sized piece of string could have two different
measurements. Record the results.
After results are recorded, discuss. Among the observations students might make, be sure that the following
are included:
There are 12 inches in 1 foot and 100 centimeters in 1 meter, when comparing quantity.
There are always ______ times as many smaller units as larger units. (A generalized equation such as
____ft 12 = ______ inches might be recorded.)
Multiplication converts larger units (feet and meters) to smaller ones (inches and centimeters).
Note: Todays Application Problem provides a practical, hands-on way for students to experience the
conversion reasoning necessary for todays lesson.

Begin lesson by distributing a copy of and posting the appended Grade 5 Math Reference Sheet for all to see.
A copy of the Reference Sheet can be found below and on page 14 of the Test Guide at
http://www.engageny.org/ sites/default/files/resource/attachments/grade-5-math-guide_0.pdf.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.4
Lesson 13 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Turn and talk with your neighbor. How might this document help us solve problems?
(Share.)
Today well be using this Reference Sheet to help us convert between various units of measure.
Discuss with a partner the types of measurement units you see on this sheet?
(Should notice the units of length, weight, and volume/capacity.)
Divide your white boards into three sections labeled Length, Weight, and Volume/Capacity. Talk in
groups about which units are used for each type of measurement and record those units in the
appropriate section of your white board.
(Work and record.)
(Circulate and check for accuracy.)
Problem 1
15 feet = _____ inches
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
Post 15 feet = _____ inches on board. How can we use the patterns we just saw in our Application
Problem to help us convert from feet to inches? Turn and talk.
(Share.)
Visualize the tape measure we just used to measure in feet and inches. How many inches did we see
in each foot?
12.
Lets draw a number line to show what we saw. (Draw the first two or three.) You draw your own
number line.
1 ft
2 ft
3 ft
...15 ft
----------l--------------l-------------l-----------------l
12 in
24 in
36 in
...180 in
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Draw.)
(Point to the number line.) If one foot, or one unit, is equal to 12 inches, how can I find what 15 feet
is equal to? Turn and share.
I can add 12 inches 15 times. I can skip count by twelves 15 times. Ill multiply 12 times 15. If
one unit is 12 inches, then 10 units is 120 in, and 5 units more would be 60 in, so thats 180 inches.
I heard repeated addition, skip counting, and multiplication. If I wanted to express this conversion as
a multiplication equation, what would it look like? Write it down on your board. Would this method
work for any situation in which I wanted to name feet as inches?
(Write 15 ft 12 = 120 in.)
We just converted from feet to inches. Which unit is larger, feet or inches?
Feet.
Think back to our Application Problem. Remind me why we need so many inches to make just 15
feet. Tell your neighbor.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.5
Lesson 13 52
S:
Inches are a smaller unit; we need more of them to make the larger units, feet.
Repeat the sequence with 150 ft and 152 ft asking students to use what they just found about 150 ft to help
them convert 152 ft. (Use 1,800 inches and simply add 24 more inches, or multiply as before.) Then
instruction may continue with 21 ft and 210 ft if necessary.
Problem 2
3 tons 140 pounds = _____ pounds.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Post on the board: 3 tons 140 pounds = _____ pounds.) Lets use our thinking about multiplication
to solve this one. Tell your neighbor which part of the Reference Sheet will help us solve this one.
1 ton = 2,000 pounds.
How is this problem slightly different from the first one we solved?
(Should recognize that we are converting tons and pounds to pounds.)
Lets start with the 3 tons. Work with your partner to draw a double number line showing tons and
pounds.
(Draw.)
Look at your drawing. How many pounds are equal to 3 tons?
6,000 pounds.
Are we finished? Have we found a weight equal to what we started with?
No.
Why not?
We have 140 more pounds.
Turn and talk. What do we need to do with those 140 pounds?
(Share.)
3 tons 140 pounds equals how many pounds altogether?
6,140 pounds.
Repeat with other compound units: 42 ft 9 in, for example.

Problem 3
______ ounces = 9 pounds 11 ounces.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
(Post ______ ounces = 9 pounds 11 ounces.) Look at your Reference Sheet. Tell your neighbor the
conversion factor that youll be using to solve this problem.
(Look and share.)
For this problem, work in pairs. One of you should draw a double number line while your partner
uses multiplication and addition to solve. Check your partners work as you go.
(Work.)
(Circulate and check work.)
How many ounces are equal to 9 pounds 11 ounces?
155 ounces.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.6
Lesson 13 52
Problem 4
155 gallons = _____ quarts = _____ pints
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Post 155 gallons = _____ quarts = _____ pints

on the board.) Use your Reference Sheet to
help you solve independently. If you like, you
may draw a double number line.
(Work.)
155 gallons equals how many quarts? Find the
number of quarts mentally.
100 gallons is 400 quarts, 50 gallons is 200
quarts and 5 gallons is 20 quarts. So, 155
gallons is 620 quarts.
Find the number of pints in 620 quarts mentally.
There are 2 pints in every quart so just double
every place value. 1,240 pints.
Repeat with compound units:

57 gallons 1quarts = _______ quarts
63 quarts 3 pints = ______ pints


Lesson Objective: Use whole number multiplication to
express equivalent measurements.
addressed in the Debrief.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.7
Lesson 13 52
Guide students in a conversation to debrief the Problem Set and process the lesson. You may choose to use
any combination of the questions below to lead the discussion.
Explain the term conversion factor.
In the conversion you completed for Problem 1, explain your thought process as you worked. Why
did you choose to multiply when converting these units? How did you decide what to multiply by?
Convert 15 meters into centimeters. (Students convert to 1500 cm.) Look back at the conversions
in Problem 1. 15 feet is equal to 180 inches. Both of these conversions start with 15 units. Explain
how 15 units could be equal to two different amounts180 and 1500.
How did the Application Problem connect to todays lesson?
Can you name some real life situations in which measurement conversion might be useful and/or
necessary?

Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.8
Name
Date
1. Complete the chart below with the measurement equivalents.

Feet
Inches
Centimeters
Meters
10
10
12
12
40
40
45
45
120
120
2. Explain how to convert feet to inches. Draw a number line or tape diagram to support your explanation.
3. Explain how to convert meters to centimeters. Draw a number line or tape diagram to support your
explanation.
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.9
4.
Convert. Use your Reference Sheet to remind you of the conversion factors. Show your work.
a. 27 ft = _____ in
d. 7 kg = _____ g
g. 3 km 85 m = _____ m
b. _____ oz = 54 lb
e. 4 mi = ____ yd = _____ ft
c. _____pt = 21 qt
f.
_____ L = 9 kL
h. 2 qt = _____ pt = _____ fl oz
i.
_____ oz = 24 lb 15 oz
5. Emilys pet snake is 5 feet long. Kristens snake is 50 inches long. Kristen says her snake is much longer
because 50 is so much bigger than 5. Is Kristen right? Why or why not?
6. Ben helps his dad make chicken soup. Their recipe makes 15 cups of soup. If they each eat 2 cups and
freeze the rest, will the leftovers fit in a 64-ounce container?
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.10
Name
Date
1. Convert.
a. 37 L = _____________ mL
b. _____________ qt = 61 gal
c. 45 kg = _____________ g
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.11
Name
Date
1. Complete the chart below with the measurement equivalents.

Liters
Milliliters
Quarts
Gallons
10
10
15
15
30
30
100
100
2. Convert.
a. 18 yd = _____ ft
d. 72 kl = _____ L
g. 5 km 14 m = _____ m
b. _____ oz = 23 lb
e. 2 mi = _____ yd = _____ ft
h. 31 gal = _____ qt = _____ pt
c. _____ cm = 64 m
f.
i.
Lesson 13:
Date:
_____ g = 35 kg
_____ fl oz = 56 c

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.12
3. Jesse needs 13 gallons of paint to finish painting the exterior of his barn. If he uses 10 quarts of the paint
for the doors, how many quarts will be left for the siding on the barn?
4. Ms. Lanes laptop stays on for 6 hours without being plugged in, and Mr. Trevors laptop stays powered
for 400 minutes. Whose laptop lasts longer?
5. The food pantry distributes 10-oz bags of rice. If three 5-lb bags are donated to the pantry, how many 10ounce bags can be made?
Lesson 13:
Date:

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.13
Lesson 13:
Date:
Lesson 13 Reference Sheet 52

measurements.
7/4/13
2.D.14
Lesson 14 52
Lesson 14
Objective: Use decimal multiplication to express equivalent
measurements.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(8 minutes)
(30 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Divide Multiples of 10 5.NBT.2
(3 minutes)
(6 minutes)
Decompose Decimals 5.NBT.3
(3 minutes)
Divide by Multiples of 10 (3 minutes)

Note: This review fluency drill will prepare students to approximate quotients with two-digit divisors in
Lesson 17.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 420 10 =
.) Say the division sentence.
420 10 = 42.
(Write 42 2 =
below 420 10 = 42.)
Say the division sentence.
42 2 = 21.
(Write 420 20 =
below 42 2 = 21.)
Say 420 20 as a three-step division sentence,
taking out the ten.
420 10 2 = 21.
(Write 420 20 = 21.)
420 10 = 42
42 2 = 21
420 20 = 21
10
Direct students to solve using the same method for

960 30 and 680 20.
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.15
Lesson 14 52

T:
S:
T:
S:
1 meter is how many centimeters?

100 centimeters.
(Write 1 m 50 cm = ___ cm.) 1 meter and 50 centimeters is the same as how many centimeters?
150 centimeters.
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 1 m 5 cm, 2 m, 2 m 30 cm, 2 m 70 cm, 2 m 7 cm, 2 m
90 cm, 4 m 8 cm.
T:
S:
T:
S:
1 foot is the same as how many inches?

12 inches.
(Write 1 ft 1 in = ___ in.) On your boards, write the conversion.
(Write 1 ft 1 in = 13 in.)
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 1 ft 2 in, 1 ft 3 in, 1 ft 10 in, 1 ft 8 in, 2 ft, 2 ft 1 in, 2 ft
10 in, 2 ft 6 in, 3 ft, 3 ft 10 in, 3 ft 4 in.
T:
S:
T:
S:
12 inches is the same as what single unit.

1 foot.
(Write 13 in = ___ ft ___ in.) On your boards, write the conversion.
(Students write 13 in = 1 ft ___ in.)
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 14 in, 22 in, 24 in, 34 in, 25 in, 36 in, 46 in, 40 in, 48
in, 47 in, 49 in, 58 in.
Decompose Decimals (3 minutes)

Note: This fluency drill will review concepts learned in Module 1 and help students apply their place value
understanding to decimal division in the latter topics of the module.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Project 3.184.) Say the number.

3 and 184 thousandths.
How many tenths are in 3.184?
31 tenths.
(Write 3.184 = 31 tenths ____ thousandths.) On your boards, write the number, taking out the
tenths.
(Write 3.184= 31 tenths 84 thousandths.)
Repeat the process for hundredths. Follow the same process for 6.723 and 9.246.
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.16
Lesson 14 52

Emmas class is preparing for a field trip to the Statue of Liberty. In math class, they are researching Lady
Libertys size. Help Emma finish this table.
The Statue of Libertys
Convert to Inches
mouth is 3 feet wide.

head is 10 feet from ear to ear.
height is 111 feet.
Note: This Application Problem uses an interesting context to connect yesterdays lesson, todays fluency
activity, and the current lesson.

Preparation: Make different bags of beans and/or rice, labeled in four different colors. Make enough bags so
that every pair of students has one bag. If possible, get some scales. If you do not have access to scales, label
the red and yellow bags with their weights.
Blue bagsto the nearest ounce. Bags weigh 16 oz, 24 oz, 12 oz, and 10 oz.
Red bagsto the nearest pound. Bags weigh 1 lb, 1.5 lb, 0.75 lb, and 0.625 lb.
Yellow bagsto the nearest kilogram. Bags weigh 1 kg, 1.2 kg, 0.45 kg, and 0.274 kg.
Green bagsto the nearest gram. Bags weigh 1,000 g, 1,200 g, 450 g, and 274 g.
Procedure: Pass out one bag for every two students. Tell students that every bag has an exact match. If you
do have access to scales, instruct students to measure the weight of their bag using the unit specified by the
bags color. After students determine the weight and discuss what the weight means with their partner, each
pair finds their bags match. If you do not have scales, students work in their new groups of four to
determine the weight of the unknown bags based on the known weight.
After all pairs have successfully found their match, students should compare and discuss their measurements.
Prompt students to explain how the same sized bag could have two different measurements. Record the
results.
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.17
Lesson 14 52
After results are recorded, discuss as a group what the findings teach us:
There are 16 ounces in every pound and 1,000 grams in every kilogram.
We must multiply to convert from large units (pounds and kilograms) to smaller ones (ounces and
grams). (Generalized conversion equations might be recorded as well.)
We need more of a smaller unit and less of a larger unit to make the same amount.
Note: Todays Application Problem provides a practical, hands-on way for students to see the conversion
reasoning necessary for the lessons in this topic.

Problem 1
7.43 kilometers = _____ meters
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
(Post 7.43 kilometers = _____ meters on board.) Turn

Challenge students to make
and talk about how this problem is different than the
conversions between much larger and
ones we solved yesterday.
much smaller units. Students often
(Share.)
enjoy being asked to determine how
old they are in minutes as of the start
Yesterday, we converted from large units to smaller
of school on a particular day. Although
units using multiplication. How will we solve this one?
the focus of this particular lesson is on
Turn and talk.
converting larger units to smaller ones
Well multiply again. Its larger units to smaller ones.
so as to give application of students
Well multiply 7.43 times 1,000 to find the number
multiplication skills, students might be
of meters. Since one kilometer equals 1,000
challenged to figure out their teachers
meters, well multiply by 1,000.
age (sometimes a closely held secret!)
in years by being given his or her age in
Work with a partner to solve this problem on your
minutes.
personal boards.
(Work.)
(Point to 7.43 kilometers = _____ meters.) Say the sentence and fill in the missing number.
7.43 kilometers = 7430 meters. (Fill in the blank as students respond.)
Lets look at our conversion. Does our solution make sense? Turn and talk.
It makes sense. The digits all shifted. 1 kilometer equals 1,000 meters, and 7 km equals 7,000 m,
so I know my answer must be a little bit more than 7,000 m.
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.18
Lesson 14 52
Problem 2
1.8 miles = _____ yards
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Post 1.8 miles = _____ yards on the board.) Tell your neighbor which part of the Reference Sheet
will help us solve this one.
1 mile = 1,760 yards.
If we think of 1.8 as 18, what will we need to remember about the size of our product?
It will be 10 times as much as the actual product. We will need to adjust our product. We will
need to divide it by 10.
Ok, now work independently to solve this conversion.
(Work.)
Turn and tell your neighbor how you solved.
(Share.)
Say the multiplication sentence you used to solve, beginning with 1.8.
1.8 times 1,760 yards = 3,168 yards.
Problem 3
0.83 kilograms = _____ grams = _____ milligrams
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Post 0.83 kilograms = _____ grams = _____ milligrams on the board.) Use your Reference Sheet to
help you solve independently.
(Work.)
0.83 kilograms equals how many grams?
830 grams.
830 grams equals how many milligrams?
830,000 milligrams.
What did you multiply to convert from kilograms to grams?
1,000.
What did you multiply to convert from grams to milligrams?
1,000.
If we needed to convert from kilograms to milligrams, could we have done it one step? What would
we multiply by?
Yes we could do it in one step. We would multiply the kilograms by 1 million.
So, another way to say this, Kilograms are _________times as large as milligrams.
1 million.
Which means how many milligrams are in 1 kilogram?
1 million milligrams in 1 kilogram.
Use your place value mat to see if multiplying 0.83 kg by 1 million works to give us 830,000 mg.
(Work.)
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.19
Lesson 14 52


Lesson Objective: Use decimal multiplication to express
equivalent measurements.
What do you notice about Problem 1(g)? How

is it different than the other conversions? How
did this difference affect how you solved?
Look back at the chart and your work in

Problem 3(d). What do you think about the size
of the Statue of Liberty? How does this
question help you realize how big she is?

Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.20
Name
Date
1. Convert. Use your Reference Sheet to help you remember the conversion factors.
a. 4.5 km = _______ m
d. 8.25 g = _____ mg
g. 0.5 mi = _____ ft
b. _______ fl oz = 2.75 c
e. 3.25 gal = _______ qt
h. 7.9 m = _______ cm
c. ______ mL = 4.85 L
f.
i.
_____ pt = 16.5 qt
_____ oz = 4.5 lb
2. Cassidy figured out that she makes $0.75 every minute at her job. She works 7 hours 15 minutes every
day.
a. How many minutes does she work in 4 days?
b. How much will Cassidy earn in 4 days?
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.21
3. Emma cant believe how huge the Statue of Liberty is. She finds more information about Lady Liberty.
Help Emma fill in the rest of the chart and then answer the questions.
The Statue of
Libertys
CUSTOMARY UNITS
Feet
Inches
METRIC UNITS
Meters
Nose
4 ft 6 in
1.37 m
Index Finger
8 ft
2.44 m
Head
17ft 3 in
5.26 m
Eye
2 ft 6 in
0.76 m
Centimeters
Source: http://www.nps.gov/stli/historyculture/statue-statistics.htm
a. Emma is 52 inches tall. Which of Lady Libertys body parts above is the closest to Emmas height?
What is the difference between these two measurements in inches?
b. Emmas eye is 4 cm wide. How many of Emmas eyes lined up end to end would it take to stretch all
the way across one of Lady Libertys eyes?
c. The length of Emmas neighborhood block is 0.19 km. About how many of the statues heads would it
take to cover the length of her block?
d. Measured in meters, Lady Libertys index finger is 4 times as long as Emmas leg. What is the length
of Emmas leg in meters?
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.22
Name
Date
1. Convert. Use your Reference Sheet if necessary.

a. 3.9 km = _____________ m
b. _____________ lb = 2.4 tons
c. 13.5 qt = _____________ pt
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.23
Name
Date
1. Convert. Use your Reference Sheet if necessary.

a. 2.7 kL = _______ L
d. 9.13 kg = _____ g
g. 1.3 tons = _____ lb
b. _______ fl oz = 4.25 c
e. 4.75 gal = _______ qt
h. 0.75 mi = _______ yd
c. ______ m = 1.45 km
f.
i.
_____ pt = 12.5 qt
_____ oz = 8.5 lb
2. Jennifer wants to convert 7.85 meters to centimeters, but she does not have paper, pencil, or a
calculator. Describe a method she can use.
3. A standard hot tub holds 2.3 kiloliters of water. After filling up two of nine hot tubs, Johnsons water
service truck empties. How many liters of water are still needed to fill the remaining tubs?
Lesson 14:
Date:

12/31/13
2.D.24
Lesson 15 52
Lesson 15
Objective: Solve two-step word problems involving measurement and
multi-digit multiplication.
Fluency Practice
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(38 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Convert Inches to Feet and Inches 5.MD.1
(9 minutes)
Divide by Multiples of 10 and 100 5.NBT.2
(3 minutes)
Sprint: Convert Inches to Feet and Inches (9 minutes)

Materials: (S) Convert Inches to Feet and Inches Sprint
Divide by Multiples of 10 and 100 (3 minutes)

Note: This review fluency drill will prepare students to approximate quotients with two-digit divisors in
Lesson 17.
Follow the same process and procedure as G5M2Lesson 9 for the following possible sequence: 480 20;
690 300; 8,480 400; 6,480 20.

Materials: (T/S) Problem Set, pencils
Note: This lesson omits the Application Problem component since the entire lesson is devoted to problem
solving. Problems for this section are found in this lessons Problem Set
Problem 1
Lizas cat had six kittens! When Liza and her brother weigh all the kittens together, they weigh 4 pounds 2
ounces. Since all the kittens are about the same size, how many ounces does each kitten weigh?
Lesson 15:
Date:
Solve two-step word problems involving measurement and

7/4/13
2.D.25
Lesson 15 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
MP.2
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
We will work Problem 2 on your Problem Set together. (Project Problem 2 on the board.) Lets read
the word problem aloud.
(Read chorally.)
Now, lets re-read the problem sentence by sentence and draw as we go.
(Read the first sentence.)
What do you see? Can you draw something?
Share your thinking.
I can draw 6 units representing 6 kittens.
Read the next sentence. (Students read.) What
is the important information and how can we
show that in our drawing?
The total weight for all 6 kittens equal to 4
pounds 2 ounces. We can draw 6 equal units
with the total of 4 pounds 2 ounces. We can
write that 6 units equals 4 pounds 2 ounces.
Lets read the question.
What are we trying to find? What is missing in
our drawing?
One kittens weight, in ounces.
Ill put a question mark in one of our 6 units, to show what we are trying to find.
How do we solve this problem? Turn and talk.
We have to divide. We have use the total weight and divide by 6 to get 1 kittens weight.
We first have to convert the 4 lb 2 oz into ounces, and then we can divide by 6.
We were given the total weight of 4 lb 2 oz. Lets convert it into ounces. Work with a partner.
What is the total weight in ounces?
66 oz.
Have we answered the question?
No. We need to divide the total weight of 66 oz by 6 to find the weight of 1 kitten.
Solve.
Say the division sentence with the answer.
66 oz 6 = 11 oz.
Express your answer in a sentence.
Each kitten weighs 11 oz.
Problem 2
Holly is buying orange juice for the class party. There are 24 people coming, and she figures each person will
drink 1.75 cups.
a.
b.
How many fluid ounces of juice will she need?

If she buys five 59-ounce containers, will she have enough juice?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.26
Lesson 15 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
T:
(Have students read the problem chorally, in pairs,

or in silence.) Now that youve read, what can you
draw?
There are 24 units and each unit equal to 1.75
cups. I wont draw 24 units because thats too
many units, but I can use dot, dot, dot to represent
a total of 24 units.
Go ahead and draw and label your tape diagrams.
(Work.)
How many people are coming?
24 people.
So, well have 24 total units. What is happening
with those 24 people? How much are they
drinking?
1.75 cups each.
So each one of those 24 units are equal to 1.75 cups.
Ill draw the first 3 units of 1.75 cups, and then dot, dot, dot up to the 24th unit of 1.75 cups. Look
back at your drawing and make sure it shows the same information as mine.
(Check and fix if necessary.)
Re-read quietly Part (a) with a partner. (Allow time for student to read.)
What is Part (a) asking?
We have to find the total fluid ounces of juice needed for the party.
Is this a one-step or multi-step problem? Turn and share.
Multi-step because we were given cups and have to find the answer in fluid ounces. We can solve
by first converting the 1.75 cups into fluid ounces, and then multiply by 24. We can first multiply
1.75 cups by 24, and then we can convert to fluid ounces.
Work together to complete the first step by finding the total juice in cups.
Say the multiplication sentence starting with 1.75 cups.
1.75 cups 24 = 42 cups.
We havent answered the question yet. Now finish solving Part (a) by converting the total cups into
fluid ounces by multiplying by 8.
42 cups is equal to how many fluid ounces?
336 fluid ounces.
Use 336 fluid ounces, to answer the question.
She will need 336 fluid ounces of juice for the party.
Lets read Part (b) together.
In order to know if shell have enough well need to figure out how many ounces are in five 59-ounce
containers. Work independently to figure that out. (Allow time for students to solve.)
Tell me the multiplication sentence starting with 5.
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.27
Lesson 15 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
5 59 ounces = 295 ounces.

Without calculating, can we answer this
question? Turn and talk.
295 is less than 336, so she doesnt have
enough juice for the party. Since five 59ounce containers equal to 295 fluid ounces,
but she needs 336 fluid ounces.
Does she have enough juice for the party?
No, she does not have enough juice because
295 fluid ounces is less than 336 fluid ounces.
Complete Problems 1, 4, 5, and 6 on the
Problem Set independently or in pairs.


Lesson Objective: Solve two-step word problems
involving measurement and multi-digit multiplication.
Look back at Problem 4(b). Would it have been

possible to answer Part (b) prior to answering
Part (a)? Did you need to convert to pounds
first and then subtract or was there another
way to solve? (Students could have compared
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.28
Lesson 15 52
35 tons to 36 tons and found the difference

that way.)
Look back at Problem 6. Explain your thinking
as you solved. What steps did you take to find
the solution?
Explain to your partner why we multiply when
converting from large units to smaller ones.
What would we do when converting from
smaller units to larger ones? Why? Discuss in
groups.

the Exit Ticket. A review of their work will help you assess
the students understanding of the concepts that were
presented in the lesson today and plan more effectively
for future lessons. You may read the questions aloud to
the students.
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.29
Lesson 15:
Date:
Lesson 15 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.D.30
Lesson 15:
Date:
Lesson 15 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.D.31
Name
Date
Solve.
1. Lizas cat had six kittens! When Liza and her brother weigh all the kittens together, they weigh 4 pounds
2 ounces. Since all the kittens are about the same size, how many ounces does each kitten weigh?
2. Holly is buying orange juice for the class party. There are 24 people coming, and she figures each person
will drink 1.75 cups.
a. How many fluid ounces of juice will she need?
b. If she buys five 59-ounce containers, will she have enough juice?
3. Josie is 1.4 m tall. Her sister is 54 cm shorter.

a. Find Josies sisters height in meters.
b. How tall are Josie and her sister combined, in meters?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.32
4. A crane operator unloaded the following cargo:

5 pallets of lumber. Each pallet weighs 7.3 tons.
9 pallets of concrete. Each pallet weighs 4.8 tons.
a. How many pounds of cargo were unloaded?
b. Which load of cargo was heavier, the lumber or the concrete? How many pounds heavier?
5. A punch recipe calls for 2 quarts of ginger ale, 3 pints of orange juice, 2 pints of pineapple juice, 1 cup of
lemon juice, and 3 ounces of lime juice. Edna plans to make a double-recipe. How many fluid ounces will
there be in a double-recipe of punch?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.33
6. Use the table below to answer the questions that follow.

TOWN OF WAPPINGERS FALLS
Distances from Akuns House
Location
Distance
Cibo Deli
2.5 miles
W.F. Library
15,840 feet
Elementary School
5,280 yards
Youth Ball Field
1 mile 880 yards
a. If Akun travels from his house to the Youth Ball Field and back, how many miles did he travel?
b. Which two locations are equidistant from Akuns house?
c. Three days a week, Akun walks to school. After school, the bus drops him off at the library to do his
homework. He walks home afterwards. How far, in feet, does Akun walk on those three days?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.34
Name
Date
Solve.
1. While training for an Ironman competition, Johnson swam 0.86 km, biked for 22.4 km, and ran 4.25 km.
a. Johnson completed this routine twice a week. How far did Johnson travel in one week while training,
in meters?
b. The following week Johnson decided to work harder. He still trained twice a week, but he doubled
the length of his swim and his biking and tripled the amount he ran. How much further did he travel
this week than he did in the first week, in meters?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.35
Name
Lesson 15 Homework
52
Date
Solve.
1. Jocelyn borrowed 3.75 kg of flour from her grandmother to bake 3 batches of cookies and 2 cakes. Each
cookie recipe called for 225 grams of flour. Each cake recipe needed 1.2 kg of flour. After baking, how
much flour was Jocelyn able to return to her grandmother?
2. The new athletic facility on the downtown campus measures 0.74 km by 0.4 km. How many square
meters is the facility?
3. It is recommended that athletes drink a minimum of 0.24 L of water for every 20 minutes of athletic
activity. John plays tennis for 3 hours. His water bottle holds 1,500 mL. Will he have enough water to
meet the minimum requirement? If so, how much water will he have left? If not, what is the least
amount of water he will need to put in his bottle when it is empty? Express your answer in liters.
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.36
Lesson 15 Homework
52
4. A Rottweiler gave birth to 3 puppies. The first puppy weighed 5.1 kg. The second weighed 206 g less
than the first. The third puppy weighed 0.2 kg more than the second.
a. What is the total weight of the litter in grams?
b. How much more did the heaviest puppy weight than the lightest one?
c. The mother weighed 4 times the total weight of her litter. What was her weight in kilograms?
5. A courier charges $6.25 to ship a 2 lb-package. For each ounce over 2 lb, they charge an additional $0.35
per ounce.
a. How much would it cost to ship a package weighing 4 lb 6 oz?
b. Which would be less expensive? Sending two packages weighing 2 lb 4 oz each, or combining them
into one package weighing 4 lb 8 oz? What is the difference in price?
Lesson 15:
Date:

7/4/13
2.D.37
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic E
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit

Whole Number Division
5.NBT.1, 5.NBT.6, 5.NBT.2
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.1
Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much
as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its
left.
5.NBT.6
Find whole-number quotients of whole numbers with up to four-digit dividends and twodigit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or
the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the
calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
Instructional Days:
G4M3
G5M1
G5M4
G6M2
-Links to:
Topics E through H provide a parallel sequence for division to that offered in Topics A-D for multiplication.
Topic E begins concretely with number disks as an introduction to division with multi-digit whole numbers
(5.NBT.6). In the same lesson 420 60 is interpreted as 420 10 6. Next, students round dividends and 2digit divisors to nearby multiples of ten in order to estimate single digit quotients (e.g., 431 58 420 60 =
7) and then multi-digit quotients. This work is done horizontally, outside the context of the written vertical
method.
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Division
Objective 1: Use divide by 10 patterns for multi-digit whole number division.
(Lesson 16)
Objective 2: Use basic facts to approximate quotients with two-digit divisors.
(Lessons 1718)
Topic E:
Date:
Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Division

7/4/13
2.E.1
Lesson 16 52
Lesson 16
Objective: Use divide by 10 patterns for multi-digit whole number division.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Divide by Multiples of 10 and 100 5.NBT.2
(7 minutes)
Round to the Nearest Ten 5.NBT.4
(2 minutes)
Group Count by Multiples of 10 5.NBT.2
(3 minutes)
Sprint: Divide by Multiples of 10 and 100 (7 minutes)

Materials: (S) Divide Multiples of 10 Sprint
Note: This Sprint will prepare students for the Concept Development.
Round to the Nearest Ten (2 minutes)

Note: Rounding to the nearest ten will prepare students to estimate quotients.
T:
S:
(Write 32 ___.) Whats 32 rounded to the nearest ten?

30.
Repeat the process for 47, 18, 52, 74, 85, and 15.
Group Count by Multiples of 10 (3 minutes)

Note: Counting by multiples of 10 will prepare students for G5M2Lesson 17s Concept Development.
T:
S:
T:
Count by threes.
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30.
Count by 3 tens. When I raise my hand stop counting.
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.2
Lesson 16 52
S:
T:
S:
3 tens, 6 tens, 9 tens.

(Raise hand.) Say 9 tens in standard form.
90.
Continue the process, stopping at 15 tens, 24 tens, and 30 tens.

Repeat the process with 6 tens, stopping periodically.

The area of a vegetable garden is 200 ft2. The width is 10 ft. Whats the length of the vegetable garden?
Note: This problem provides a nice opportunity to quickly
address area concepts and division by a power of ten, allowing
for a smooth transition into the days Concept Development.
While solving, students should be encouraged to draw a picture
of a rectangle to support their work.

Problem 1: 420 10
T:
(Write 420 10 horizontally on board.) Lets use

number disks to solve this problem. Work with a
partner to show 420 using number disks.
T/S: (Draw 4 hundred disks and 2 ten disks, as shown to the
right.)
T: Say 420 in unit form.
S: 4 hundreds 2 tens.
T: Lets divide. What is 1 hundred divided by 10?
S: 10.
T: If 1 hundred divided by 10 is 1 ten, what is 4 hundreds
divided by 10?
S: 4 tens.
T: Ill show that division with my number disks. You do
the same. (Draw an arrow showing 10 and 4 tens
disks.)
S: (Draw.)
T: What is 1 ten divided by 10?
S: 1.
Lesson 16:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
The disk representations used here are
a shorthand version of the work done
in Module 1 with place value mats.
Some students may need to see the
division on the mat using arrows before
moving directly to drawn disks.

7/4/13
2.E.3
Lesson 16 52
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
If 1 ten divided by 10 is 1 one, what is 2 tens divided by 10?

2 ones.
Show that division with number disks.
(Point to the original problem.) Read the division sentence with the solution.
420 10 = 42.
Lets solve this problem again using our place value mats. Show 420 in numerical form on your mat.
(Write 420 on mat.)
When we divide this whole number by 10, will the quotient be greater than or less than 420?
Less than 420.
Therefore, in which direction will the digits shift when we divide by 10?
To the right.
How many places to the right?
One place to the right.
Cross out the digits and use arrows to show the shifting of digits. Show your neighbor when youre
finished, and then discuss whether this happens every time we divide a number by 10.
(Work and share.)
Say the division sentence, or the division equation, you just completed on your mat.
420 10 = 42.
Problem 2: 1,600 100

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 1,600 100 on the board.) Work with a partner to solve. Partner A will use number disks to
solve, and Partner B will use the place value mat to solve.
(Draw and solve.)
(Point to the board.) Say the division sentence with
the solution.
1,600 100 equals 16.
Lets try to solve this problem now using our
knowledge of place value. Say 1,600 in unit form. How
many hundreds in 1,600?
16 hundreds.
(Write 16 hundreds beneath 1,600. Then, point to the original problem.) So we have 16 hundreds
divided by what?
1 hundred.
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.4
Lesson 16 52
T:
S:
MP.2 T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
MP.7
(Write 1 hundred beneath 100.) Visualize what will happen to the digits in 1,600 when we divide by
100. Tell your neighbor what will happen.
(Share that the digits will all move two places to the right.)
What math term could I say other than division sentence?
You could say division equation.
Read the complete division equation in unit form.
16 hundreds divided by 1 hundred equals 16.
Why did our unit change from hundreds to ones?
1 hundred divided by 1 hundred is just 1. So 16 hundreds divided by 1 hundred is 16 ones. If you
make as many groups of 100 as you can out of 1,600, you will be able to make 16 groups. You
could also think about putting 1,600 into 100 equal groups. If you do that, then each group would
have 16 in each group. I know that it takes 16 copies of 1 hundred to make 16 hundreds or
16 100 = 1,600.
Problem 3: 24,000 600

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
(Write 24,000 600 on the board.) How is this

problem different than the others weve solved? Turn
and talk.
I know 24 divided by 6 equals 4. Were still dividing
with many zeros, but there is 6 hundreds rather than 1
hundred. It looks different, but we can still just
think of dividing by 600 as dividing by 6 hundreds.
Our divisor this time is 600. Can you decompose 600
with 100 as a factor?
Yes, 100 6 = 600.
So, lets rewrite this problem. (Write 24,000 600 =
24,000 100 6.) Turn and tell your neighbor what
24,000 divided by 100 is. If necessary, you may use
your place value mat or visualize what happens when
dividing by 100.
What is 24,000 divided by 100?
240
Are we finished?
No, we still need to divide by 6.
Say the division sentence that we now have to solve.
240 divided by 6.
Solve it on your personal white boards.
Say the original division equation with the quotient.
24,000 divided by 600 equals 40.
Lesson 16:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
There are two distinct interpretations
for division. Although the quotients
are the same, the approaches are
different.
Partitive Division: 15 apples were
placed equally into 3 bags. How
many apples were in each bag?
Measurement Division: 15 apples
were put in bags with 3 apples in
each bag. How many bags were
needed?

7/4/13
2.E.5
Lesson 16 52
Problem 4: 180,000 9,000

T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
(Write 180,000 9,000 on the board.) How can

we rewrite this division problem so the 9,000 is
decomposed with 1,000 as a factor? Turn and
share.
Say the division problem you discussed.
180,000 1,000
Work with a partner to solve. If you want, you
may use a place value mat to help.
180,000 9,000 = 20

Students should do their personal best to complete the Problem Set within the allotted 10 minutes. For
some classes, it may be appropriate to modify the assignment by specifying which problems they work on
first. Some problems do not specify a method for solving. Students solve these problems using the RDW
approach used for Application Problems.

Lesson Objective: Use divide by 10 patterns for multi-digit
whole number division.
When solving the questions in Problem 1, did you

find using number disks to be helpful? Why or
why not?
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.6
Lesson 16 52
Look back at your solutions to Problem 2 (af).

What pattern did you find? Can you explain the
relationship between the quotients?
How did your knowledge of basic facts help you
as you solved the questions in Problem 2?
Talk with your neighbor about your thought
process as you solved Problem 3(b).
Look back at Problem 4. What did you notice
about the correct answer in Kim and Carters
problem and the quotient in 4(b)? Can you
create a similar division problem that would yield
the same quotient? What about a problem with
a quotient that is 10 times greater? 100 times
greater? 1 tenth as large?
Use Problem 4 to generate a word problem
where the quotient (500) represents the number
of groups of 400 that can be made from 8,000.
Then, generate a situation where the quotient
(500) represents the size of each of 400 groups.

presented in the lesson today and plan more effectively for
future lessons. You may read the questions aloud to the
students.
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.7
Lesson 16 Sprint 5
# Correct _____
Divide.
30 10 =
23
480 4 =
430 10 =
24
480 40 =
4,300 10 =
25
6,300 3 =
4,300 100 =
26
6,300 30 =
43,000 100 =
27 6,300 300 =
50 10 =
28
8,400 2 =
850 10 =
29
8,400 20 =
8,500 10 =
30
8,400 200 =
8,500 100 =
31
96,000 3 =
10 85,000 100 =
32 96,000 300 =
11
600 10 =
33
96,000 30 =
12
60 3 =
34
900 30 =
13
600 30 =
35
1,200 30 =
14
4,000 100 =
36
1,290 30 =
15
40 2 =
37
1,800 300 =
16
4,000 200 =
38
8,000 200 =
17
240 10 =
39 12,000 200 =
18
24 2 =
40 12,800 200 =
19
240 20 =
20
3,600 100 =
21
36 3 =
22
3,600 300 =
2,240 70 =
41
42 18,400 800 =
43
21,600 90 =
44 25,200 600 =
Bill Davidson
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.8
Lesson 16 Sprint 5
Improvement _____
# Correct _____
Divide.
20 10 =
23
840 4 =
420 10 =
24
840 40 =
4,200 10 =
25
3,600 3 =
4,200 100 =
26
3,600 30 =
42,000 100 =
27 3,600 300 =
40 10 =
28
4,800 2 =
840 10 =
29
4,800 20 =
8,400 10 =
30
4,800 200 =
8,400 100 =
31
69,000 3 =
10 84,000 100 =
32 69,000 300 =
11
900 10 =
33
69,000 30 =
12
90 3 =
34
800 40 =
13
900 30 =
35
1,200 40 =
14
6,000 100 =
36
1,280 40 =
15
60 2 =
37
1,600 400 =
16
6,000 200 =
38
8,000 200 =
17
240 10 =
39 14,000 200 =
18
24 2 =
40 14,600 200 =
19
240 20 =
20
6,300 100 =
21
63 3 =
22
6,300 300 =
2,560 80 =
41
42 16,100 700 =
43
14,400 60 =
44 37,800 900 =
Bill Davidson
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.9
Name
Date
1. Divide. Draw number disks to show your thinking for (a) and (c). You may draw disks on your personal
white board to solve the others if necessary.
a. 500 10
b. 360 10
c. 12,000 100
d. 450,000 100
e. 700,000 1,000
f.
530,000 100
2. Divide. The first one is done for you.

a. 12,000 30
b. 12,000 300
c. 12,000 3,000
= 12,000 10 3
= 1,200 3
= 400
d. 560,000 70
e. 560,000 700
Lesson 16:
Date:
f.
560,000 7,000

7/4/13
2.E.10
g. 28,000 40
h. 450,000 500
i.
810,000 9,000
3. The floor of a rectangular banquet hall has an area of 3,600 m2. The length is 90 m.
a. What is the width of the banquet hall?
b. A square banquet hall has the same area. What is its length?
c. A third rectangular banquet hall has a perimeter of 3,600 m. What is the width if the length is 5 times
the width?
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.11
4. Two fifth graders solved 400,000 divided by 800. Carter said the answer is 500, while Kim said the answer
is 5,000.
a. Who has the correct answer? Explain your thinking.
b. What if the problem is 4,000,000 divided by 8,000? What is the quotient?
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.12
Name
Date
1. Divide.
a. 17,000 100
b. 59,000 1,000
c. 12,000 40
d. 480,000 600
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.13
Name
Date
1. Divide. Draw number disks to show your thinking for (a) and (c). You may draw disks on your personal
white board to solve the others if necessary.
a. 300 10
b. 450 10
c. 18,000 100
d. 730,000 100
e. 900,000 1,000
f.
680,000 1,000
2. Divide. The first one is done for you.

a. 18,000 20
b. 18,000 200
c. 18,000 2,000
= 18,000 10 2
= 1,800 2
= 900
e. 420,000 600
d. 420,000 60
Lesson 16:
Date:
f.
420,000 6,000

7/4/13
2.E.14
g. 24,000 30
h. 560,000 700
i.
450,000 9,000
3. A stadium holds 50,000 people. The stadium is divided into 250 different seating sections. How many
seats are in each section?
4. Over the course of a year, a tractor-trailer commutes 160,000 miles across America.
a. Assuming a trucker changes his tires every 40,000 miles, and that he starts with a brand new set of
tires, how many sets of tires will he use in a year?
b. If the trucker changes the oil every 10,000 miles and he starts the year with a fresh oil change, how
many times will he change the oil in a year?
Lesson 16:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.15
Lesson 17 5
Lesson 17
Objective: Use basic facts to estimate quotients with two-digit divisors.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(5 minutes)
Round to the Nearest Ten 5.NBT.4
(2 minutes)
Divide by Multiples of 10, 100, and 1,000 5.NBT.6
(5 minutes)

Note: Counting by multiples of 10 helps students estimate quotients with two-digit divisors during the
Concept Development.
Repeat the process in G5M2Lesson 16 for 4 tens, 5 tens, and 7 tens.
Round to the Nearest Ten (2 minutes)

Note: Rounding to whole numbers and one decimal place prepares students to estimate quotients.
Repeat the process in G5M2Lesson 16 for the following possible sequence: 21, 37, 16, 54, 73, 65, 25.
Divide by Multiples of 10, 100, and 1,000 (5 minutes)

Note: This drill reviews content from G5M2Lesson 16.
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 700 10.) Say the division sentence.

700 10 = 70.
(Write 800 20.) Write 800 20 as a two-step division sentence taking out the ten.
(Write = 800 10 2.)
Lesson 17:
Date:
Use basic facts to approximate quotients with two-digit divisors.

7/4/13
2.E.16
Lesson 17 5
T:
S:
T:
S:
Below the two-step division sentence, rewrite it in one step after solving the first division problem.
(Write = 80 2.)
Write the answer below 80 2.
(Write = 40.)
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 15,000 30, 15,000 300, 15,000 3,000, 450,000
50, and 21,000 300.

852 pounds of grapes were packed equally into 3 boxes for shipping.
How many pounds of grapes will there be in 2 boxes?
Note: The focus of this Application Problem is division with a onedigit divisor. This review encompasses both the meaning of and skill
with division, which helps students as they learn to work with a twodigit divisor.

Note: The word whole is used throughout the module to indicate the
dividend. The choice of this term is two-fold. First, whole provides a
natural scaffold for the fraction work that is to come in Modules 3 and
4. Second, the words dividend and divisor are easily confused. While
the word dividend can certainly be included as well, students may find
whole to be a more meaningful term.
Problem 1: 402 19
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 402 19 on the board.) Whats the whole in

this problem?
402.
Whats the divisor?
19.
Lets round the divisor first. What is 19 rounded to the
nearest ten?
20.
Lesson 17:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
Allow students to continue to use place
value disks or mats to represent the
division by multiples of 10 if this
scaffold is necessary.
Additionally, students may need to
continue to record the division
sentences in two steps similar to the
fluency activity above. For example,
Problem 1s estimate could be written
as 400 20 = 400 10 2 = 40 2 = 20.

7/4/13
2.E.17
Lesson 17 5
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Lets record our estimation. (Under the original

problem, write ____ 20 on the board.) We need to
round our whole, 402, to a number that can easily be
divided by 20. Turn and share your ideas with your
partner. (Allow time for students to share.)
What should we round 402 to?
I can round 402 to 400. I can use mental math to
divide 400 by 20.
(Fill in the blank to get 400 20.) What is 400
divided by 20? Turn and share.
400 divided by 10 is 40. 40 divided by 2 is 20. 400
divided by 2 equals 200. 200 divided by 10 equals 20.
Yes. We know that 400 divided by 20 is equal to 40
divided by 2. (Write 40 2 below 400 20.) What is
our estimated quotient?
20.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS
OF ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
Problem 2: 149 71
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 149 71 on the board.) Take out your personal

board. To estimate the quotient, what do we do first?
Having students write the multiples in a
Round the divisor.
vertical or horizontal list as they count
Do it now.
can provide a helpful support.
(Round to 70.)
(Write ____ 70 on the board.) Now round the
whole, 149. Usually when we round, we round to
place value units. But since were dividing, itd be
really nice if our whole was a multiple of the divisor.
So lets round it to the nearest multiple of 70. Count
with me by seventies.
70, 140, 210, 280.
Our whole is between which of these?
140 and 210.
We are rounding to the nearest multiple of 70. 149 is
closest to which multiple of 70?
140.
(Fill in 140 70.) 140 divided by 70 is the same as 14 divided by what? Say the division sentence.
14 7 = 2.
How do you know?
140 70 = 140 10 7. Dividing by 70 is the same as dividing by 10 and then dividing by 7. If I
put parentheses like this (140 10) 7, its easy to see the two expressions are equal.
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.18
Lesson 17 5
T:
S:
T:
So, whats 140 70 then?

2.
(Record =14 7 = 2.) Good. Our estimated quotient is 2.
Problem 3: 427 58
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 427 58 on the board.) Work with a partner and solve

this problem.
Whats the estimated divisor?
60.
So 60 will be our unit. Lets count by sixties and stop when we
find a multiple near 427.
60, 120, 180, 240, 300, 360, 420 stop!
To what number should we round the whole?
420.
Whats the next multiple of 20?
440.
Is 427 closer to 420 or 440?
420.
Then let's use 420 as our estimated whole. 420 divided by 60 is the same as what division equation?
42 6 = 7.
Share with your partner how you know.
420 60 = 420 10 6. Its 42 tens divided by 6 tens. Its like 10 divided by 10 is 1, so you are
just left with 42 divided by 6. If I write 42 x 10 10 6, its easy to see that multiplying by 10 and
dividing by 10 equals 1 so we are left with 42 divided by 6. 420 60 = 42 6.
What is our estimated quotient? Whats 420 divided by 60?
7.
Yes. The estimated quotient is 7.
Problem 4: 293 42
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 293 42 on the board.) Round the divisor.

40.
(Write ____ 40 on the board.) So, 40 is our unit.
Round the whole to a multiple of 40. Whisper the
multiples of 40 to your neighbor. Stop when you hear
a multiple that is near our whole.
40, 80, 120, 160, 200, 240, 280, 320.
I see you went past 293 this time. Our total is between which two multiples of 40?
280 and 320.
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.19
Lesson 17 5
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
Visualize a number line. Which multiple is closer to 293?

280.
Finish the division problem on your personal board. Compare your work with a neighbor.
Tell me how to estimate the quotient.
280 40 = 28 4 = 7.
Problem 5: 751 93
T:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 751 95 on the board.) Work independently to solve

this problem.
Share your work with a neighbor.
What was your estimated divisor?
90.
And the estimated whole?
720.
Tell me how to estimate the quotient.
720 90 = 72 9 = 8.


Lesson Objective: Use basic facts to estimate quotients
with two-digit divisors.
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.20
NYSCOMMONCOREMATHEMATICSCURRICULUM
Lesson17 5
LookbackatthedivisorsinProblem1(l),(m),
and(n).Whatdidyounoticeaboutthem?
Howdidthe5intheonesplaceaffecttheway
yourounded?
InProblem1(o),didanyoneleavethedivisor
11,unrounded?Isitalwaysnecessaryto
round?(Somestudentsmayhaveestimated
66010andothersmayhaveseen66011.)
Dowefollowourtypicalroundingruleswhen
estimatingwithdivision?Whynot?Wedont
alwaysfollowourtypicalrulesofroundingto
certainplacevalueunitsbecauseweare
lookingforeasymultiplesofourunit(divisor).
Sometimesthatmeanswechooseanumber
thatisfartherawayfromouractualwhole
thanroundingbyplacevaluewouldproduce.
Problem3providesanopportunityfor
studentstodiscussdivisionbymultiplesof10.
Studentsmightjustifytheiranswersusing
placevaluedisksortwostepdivision
sentences.
ExitTicket(3minutes)
AftertheStudentDebrief,instructstudentstocompletetheExitTicket.Areviewoftheirworkwillhelpyou
assessthestudentsunderstandingoftheconceptsthatwerepresentedinthelessontodayandplanmore
effectivelyforfuturelessons.Youmayreadthequestionsaloudtothestudents.
Lesson17:
Date:
2013CommonCore,Inc.Somerightsreserved.commoncore.org
Usebasicfactstoapproximatequotientswithtwodigitdivisors.
1/3/14
Thisworkislicensedundera
CreativeCommonsAttributionNonCommercialShareAlike3.0UnportedLicense.
2.E.21
Name
Date
1. Estimate the quotient for the following problems. Round the divisor first.
a. 609 21
d.
b. 913 29
600 20
_________ _________
_________ _________
= 30
= _________
= _________
141 73
e.
241 58
f.
482 62
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
g. 656 81
j.
c. 826 37
h.
799 99
i.
635 95
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
311 76
k. 648 83
l.
143 35
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.22
m. 525 25
n. 552 85
o. 667 11
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
2. A video game store has a budget of $825 and would like to purchase new video games. If each video
game costs $41, estimate the total number of video games the store can purchase with their budget.
Explain your thinking.
3. Jackson estimated 637 78 as 640 80. He reasoned that 64 tens divided by 8 tens should be 8 tens. Is
Jacksons reasoning correct? If so, explain why. If not, explain a correct solution.
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.23
Name
Date
1. Estimate the quotient for the following problems.
a. 608 23
b. 913 31
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
c. 151 39
d. 481 68
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.24
Name
Date
1. Estimate the quotient for the following problems. The first one is done for you.
a. 821 41
b. 617 23
800 40
_________ _________
_________ _________
= 20
= _________
= _________
d. 482 52
e. 531 48
f. 141 73
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
g. 476 81
j.
c. 821 39
h. 645 69
i.
599 99
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
k. 729 81
301 26
_________ _________
= _________
_________ _________
= _________
Lesson 17:
Date:
l.
636 25
_________ _________
= _________

7/4/13
2.E.25
m. 835 89
n. 345 72
o. 559 11
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
2. Mrs. Johnson spent $611 buying lunch for 78 students. If all of the lunches were the same cost, about
how much did she spend on each lunch?
3. An oil well produces 172 gallons of oil every day. A standard oil barrel holds 42 gallons of oil. About how
many barrels of oil will the well produce in one day? Explain your thinking.
Lesson 17:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.26
Lesson 18 5
Lesson 18
Objective: Use basic facts to estimate quotients with two-digit divisors.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(4 minutes)
Divide by Multiples of 10, 100, and 1,000 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)
Estimate and Divide 5.NBT.2
(4 minutes)

Notes: Counting by multiples of 10 will help students estimate quotients with two-digit divisors during the
Repeat the process in G5M2Lessons 16 and 17 for 6 tens, 8 tens, and 9 tens.
Divide by Multiples of 10, 100, and 1,000 (4 minutes)

Notes: This drill will review content from G5M2Lesson 16 and help estimate quotients.
Repeat the process in G5M2Lesson 17 for the following possible sequence: 12,000 40; 12,000 400;
12,000 4,000; 360,000 6,000; 490,000 700; 640,000 80.
Estimate and Divide (4 minutes)

Notes: This drill will review content from G5M2Lesson 17.
T:
S:
(Write 812 39.) Say the divisor rounded to the nearest ten.
40.
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.27
Lesson 18 5
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Name the multiple of 40 thats closest to 812.

800.
On your boards, write a division problem that will estimate the value.
(Write 800 40.)
Below 800 40, write the answer.
(Write = 20.)
Repeat the process for the following possible sequence: 183 31; 437 72; 823 97; 8,191 92.

Sandra bought 38 DVD movies for $874. Give an estimate of the cost
of each DVD movie.
Note: This Application Problem is a review of G5M2Lesson 17,
which focused on estimation of a three-digit total by a two-digit
divisor. In this lesson, Lesson 18, students will estimate the division
of a four-digit number by a two-digit divisor.

Problem 1: 8,095 23
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 8,095 23 horizontally on the board.) Which

number should we round first, the whole or divisor?
Why?
We round the divisor first so we know what our unit is.
Round the divisor first. This helps us know what
multiples to look for when we are rounding the whole.
Good. Whats 23 rounded to the nearest ten?
20.
Lets round 8,095 so it is easy to divide by 20. How would we do that? Turn and share with your
partner.
I see that 8 can be divided by 2 easily, and 8,000 is easy to divide by 2. So, I can round 8,095 to
8,000.
8 divided by 2 is an easy fact, so I can round 8,095 to 8,000. I can solve 8,000 divided by 2 easily.
Yes. I see an easy fact of 8 divided by 2, so lets estimate 8,095 to 8,000. Tell me the equation to
estimate the quotient.
8,000 divided by 20.
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.28
Lesson 18 5
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 8,000 20.) How can we solve 8,000 divided

by 20? Turn and discuss with your partner.
I know that 8,000 divided by 10 equals 800, and 800
divided by 2 equals 400. 8,000 divided by 2 equals
4,000. 4,000 divided by 10 equals 400. 8,000
divided by 20 is the same as 800 divided by 2, and the
answer is 400.
8,000 divided by 20 is the same as 800 divided by
what? Say the division sentence.
800 2.
(Write = 800 2.) Excellent. So whats the answer?
400.
Say the two division sentences. (Point at the two
sentences on the board as students read aloud.)
8,000 20 = 800 2 = 400.
Problem 2: 2,691 48
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 2,691 48 on the board.) Take out your

personal board. Lets first round the divisor 48 to the
nearest ten.
(Write ____ 50 on the board.) Lets round 2,691 so
it is easy to divide by 50. Remember! You can think of
multiples of 5 to help you! Turn and talk.
I see an easy fact of 5 times 5 is equal to 25. 26
hundreds is close to 30 hundreds and thats easy to
divide by 5. I can round 2,691 to 3,000. 3,000 is an
easy multiple of 50. 29 hundreds is close to 25
hundreds. Thats easy to divide by 5 or 50. I can
round 2,691 to 2,500, because 2,500 divided by 50 is
50.
I heard both 2,500 and 3,000.
Tell your partner how to estimate the quotient using
3,000 as the rounded whole.
3,000 50 = 300 5 = 60. Its ten times more than
30 5. I divided 3,000 by 10 and then divided by 5.
What is 3,000 divided by 50?
60.
I heard another rounded whole, 2,500. How would we
estimate the quotient using the rounded whole of 2,500?
2,500 50 = 250 5 = 50.
Lesson 18:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
Unit form is a powerful means of
representing these 4 digit dividends so
that students can more easily see the
multiples of the divisor. A model
exchange might be:
T: (Rewrite 2,691 as 26 hundreds + 91
ones) Is 26 hundreds a multiple of 5?
Can you think of a multiple of 5 close to
26 hundreds?
S: 25 hundreds and 30 hundreds.
T: Are these also multiples of 50?
S: Yes!
T: Lets write them in standard form.
S: 2,500 and 3,000.

7/4/13
2.E.29
Lesson 18 5
T:
T:
MP.2 S:
T:
We have two estimated quotients, 60 and 50.

Our estimates are different. What does that mean?
Well, theyre just estimates. Our actual answer would be somewhere around 50 or 60.
Right, one is probably closer to the actual answer than the other, but since theyre both pretty close,
we could use either one if we only want to estimate our answer.
Problem 3: 5,484 71
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 5,484 71 on the board.) Work independently

to solve this problem.
Whats the estimated divisor?
70.
Whats the estimated whole thats also an easy
multiple of 70?
5,600.
Say the equation to find the rounded quotient.
5,600 70 = 560 7 = 80.
Problem 4: 9,215 95
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 9,215 95 on the board.) Lets estimate. The

divisor is 95. Should I round up or round down?
If were rounding to the nearest ten or hundred, wed
round up to 100. But were dividing, and we dont
always round according to place value when we do
that. 95 is halfway between 90 and 100, so maybe
either one would work?
Very good. I want you to work with a partner. Partner
A will round 95 down to 90 and solve. Partner B will
round 95 to 100 and solve. When youre finished,
compare your answer with your partner.
Partner A, how would you find the rounded quotient?
9,000 90 = 900 9 = 100.
Partner B, how would you find the rounded quotient?
9,000 100 = 90 1 = 90.
Lets consider another possibility. Lets not round our divisor
at all. Can you find a multiple of 95 thats close to our
whole? Turn and talk.
9,500 would work! We could just think about 9,215 as
9,500 and then divide.
So what is 9,500 95?
Lesson 18:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
Students should reason about how the
estimation of the divisors and
dividends affect the quotients. For
example, if both the dividend and the
divisor are rounded down, the
estimated quotient will be less than the
actual quotient. Whether the actual
quotient is greater than or less than the
estimated quotient can be harder to
predict when the divisor is rounded up
and the dividend is rounded down, or
vice versa. How much each number
(dividend or divisor) was rounded will
also affect whether the estimated
quotient is greater than or less than the
actual quotient. After a problem is
completed, teachers should ask
students to compare the estimated
quotients to the actual quotients and
reason about the differences.

7/4/13
2.E.30
Lesson 18 5
S: 100.
T: Will our actual quotient be greater than or less
than 100? Explain your thinking.
S: The actual quotient will be less than 100. For
the quotient to be 100, our whole would need
to be at least 9,500 and this one is less than
that.


Lesson Objective: Use basic facts to estimate quotients
with two-digit divisors.
When estimating Problem 1(g), what did you

choose for your unit, 70 or 80? Why? How did
it affect the way you estimated the whole?
Look back at Problems 2 and 4. How was your
approach similar in solving? How was it
different?
When solving Problem 3(b), could a mental
math approach have been used (i.e.,
14 apps $2 14). Explain.
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.31
Lesson 18 5
Talk in groups about how you rounded the

divisor in Problem 5. Why did you choose the
unit you did? Could a quotient sometimes be
estimated without rounding the divisor? How?

Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.32
Name
Date
a. 5,738 21
b. 2,659 28
6,000 20
_________ _________
_________ _________
= 300
= _________
= _________
d. 1,463 53
e. 2,525 64
f.
2,271 72
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
g. 4,901 75
j.
c. 9,155 34
h. 8,515 81
i.
8,515 89
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
3,925 68
k. 5,124 81
l.
4,945 93
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
m. 5,397 94
n. 6,918 86
o. 2,806 15
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.33
2. A swimming pool requires 672 ft2 of floor space. The length of the swimming pool is 32 ft. Estimate the
width of the swimming pool.
3. Janice bought 28 apps for her phone that, altogether, used 1,348 MB of space.
a. If each app used the same amount of space, about how many MB of memory did each app use?
Show how you estimated.
b. If half of the apps were free and the other half were $1.99 each, about how much did she spend?
4. A quart of paint covers about 85 square feet. About how many quarts would you need to cover a fence
with an area of 3,817 square feet?
5. Peggy has saved $9,215. If she is paid $45 an hour, about how many hours did she work?
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.34
Name
Date
1. Estimate the quotient for the following problems.

a. 6,523 21
b. 8,491 37
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
c. 3,704 53
d. 4,819 68
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.35
Name
Date
a. 8,328 41
b. 2,109 23
8,000 40
_________ _________
_________ _________
= 200
= _________
= _________
d. 3,861 59
e. 2,899 66
f.
5,576 92
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
g. 5,086 73
j.
c. 8,215 38
h. 8,432 81
i.
9,032 89
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
2,759 48
k. 8,194 91
l.
4,368 63
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
m. 6,537 74
n. 4,998 48
o. 6,106 25
_________ _________
_________ _________
_________ _________
= _________
= _________
= _________
Lesson 18:
Date:

7/4/13
2.E.36
2. 91 boxes of apples hold a total of 2,605 apples. Assuming each box has about the same number of
apples, estimate the number of apples in each box.
3. A wild tiger can eat up to 55 pounds of meat in a day. About how many days would it take for a tiger to
eat the following prey?
Prey
Weight of Prey
Eland Antelope
1,754 pounds
Boar
661 pounds
Chital Deer
183 pounds
Water Buffalo
2,322 pounds
Lesson 18:
Date:
Number of Days

7/4/13
2.E.37
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic F
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit

Whole Number Division
5.NBT.6
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.6
Instructional Days:
G4M3
G6M2
-Links to:
The series of lessons in Topic F leads students to divide multi-digit dividends by two-digit divisors using the
written vertical method. Each lesson moves to a new level of difficulty with a sequence beginning with
divisors that are multiples of 10 to non-multiples of 10. Two instructional days are devoted to single-digit
quotients with and without remainders before progressing into two- and three-digit quotients (5.NBT.6).
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Whole Number Division
Objective 1: Divide two- and three-digit dividends by multiples of 10 with single-digit quotients and
make connections to a written method.
(Lesson 19)
Objective 2: Divide two- and three-digit dividends by two-digit divisors with single-digit quotients and
make connections to a written method.
(Lessons 2021)
Objective 3: Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors resulting in two- and three-digit
quotients, reasoning about the decomposition of successive remainders in each place value.
(Lessons 2223)
Topic F:
Date:
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Whole Number Division

7/4/13
2.F.1
Lesson 19 5
Lesson 19
Objective: Divide two- and three-digit dividends by multiples of 10 with
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(31 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(5 minutes)
(3 minutes)
Group Count by Multi-Digit Numbers 5.NBT.6
(4 minutes)

Note: This drill reviews content from G5-M2-Lessons 17 and 18.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 18 with the following possible sequence: 908 28; 152 33; 398
98; and 7,272 81.

Note: Counting by multiples of 10 helps students estimate quotients with two-digit divisors during the
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 1618 for various multiples of 10.
Group Count by Multi-Digit Numbers (4 minutes)

Materials: (S) Paper
Note: This drill prepares students for G5M2Lesson 20s Content Development.
Lesson 19:
Date:
Divide two- and three-digit dividends by multiples of 10 with singledigit quotients and make connections to a written method.
7/4/13
2.F.2
Lesson 19 5
T:
S:
T:
Im going to call out a number. I want you to skip-count by that number. You have one minute.
Ready. 21.
(Write down multiples of 21.)
Stop. Lets correct your work. (Read and write down multiples from 21 to 210 as students check
their multiples.) Lets skip count again by twenty-ones. Try not to look at the board as I guide you.
Stand away from the board. Direct the students to count by 510 multiples of 21 forward and backward,
occasionally changing directions and attempting to avoid student frustration.
Repeat the process for 43.

At the Highland Falls pumpkin growing contest, the prize
winning pumpkin contains 360 seeds. The proud farmer plans
to sell his seeds in packs of 12. How many packs can he make
using all the seeds?
Note: Although the students have not yet done three-digit
totals divided by a two-digit divisor, this problem has the basic
fact 12 3 = 36 embedded in it, and its similar to problems
encountered in G5M2Lesson 18s Concept Development.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:

Problem 1: 70 30
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 70 30 on the board.) The divisor is?

30.
We need a multiple of 30 to make the division easy.
How should we estimate the quotient? Turn and share
with your partner.
I see an easy fact of 6 divided by 3 is equal to 2. Yeah, 6
tens divided by 3 tens is 2! I can estimate 70 to 60,
because I can easily divide 30 into 60.
On your personal board, show me how to estimate the
quotient.
(Show 60 30 = 6 3 = 2.)
(Write and set up the standard algorithm below 70 30
on the board.) Our estimated quotient is 2, which
means that I should be able to distribute 2 30.
(Record 2 in the quotient.) Whats 2 30?
Lesson 19:
Date:
This is the first lesson where students

are solving division problems using the
standard algorithm. Its imperative at
this point that students know their
basic facts and understand what it
means to divide. If students arent
ready for double-digit divisors, then
consider reviewing G3M1, G3M3,
and G4M3.
7/4/13
2.F.3
Lesson 19 5
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
60.
(Record 60 below the 70.) I distributed 60. The
NOTES ON
difference between 60 and 70 is?
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
10.
REPRESENTATION:
What does this 10 mean?
It may be beneficial for some learners
10 is the remainder. 10 is the left over from the
to see a tape diagram as they are
original total of 70. We started with 70, made 2
working through their checks. In the
groups of 30, used up 60 and were left with 10. We
visual model below, students are able
have 10 left over, but we need 20 more in order to
to see when dividing that nothing is
make 1 more group of 30.
being added or subtracted; the
dividends are simply being grouped in a
Can we make another group of 30 with our remainder?
new way. In this case, we started out
No, 10 is not enough to make a group of 30.
with 70 and we still ended with 70.
How might we know that our quotient is correct?
We can check our answer to see if our quotient is
30
30
10
correct.
Yes! Lets multiply: 30 times 2. (Write 30 2 = on the
70
board.) Whats the answer?
60.
We started with 70, and 60 70. Does this mean we made an error? What else must we do? Turn
and discuss.
Oh, no! We made a mistake because 60 doesnt equal 70. We have to add the remainder of 10.
Then the total will be 70. Our thinking is correct. We could make 2 groups of 30, but there were
10 left over. They are part of the original whole. We need to add the 10 to the 60 that were put
into groups.
Yes. (Draw number bond.) One part is made of groups of 30. The
other part is the remainder.
Whats 60 plus 10? (Write 60 + 10 = on the board below 30 2 =
60.)
70.
Yes. We did it. We solved the division correctly. Today we got a precise
answer with a quotient and remainder, while in the previous lessons, we
merely estimated the quotient.
Problem 2: 430 60
T:
S:
(Write 430 60 on the board.) Whats our whole?

430.
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.4
Lesson 19 5
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Again, we need a multiple of 60 to make the division easy. Show me how to estimate the quotient.
(Show 420 60 = 42 6 = 7.)
Lets record this division sentence vertically. You do the same on your personal board. (Write and
set up the standard algorithm below 430 60 on the board.) Our estimate was 7, which means that
there should be 7 groups of 60 in 430. Lets divide and see if thats true.
Lets record the 7 in our quotient. (Record 7.) Why is the 7 recorded above the zero in the vertical
algorithm?
7 represents 7 ones, so it must be recorded in the ones
place directly above the ones place in the whole.
420 divided by 60 is just 42 tens divided by 6 tens. The
answer is just 7, not 7 tens.
NOTES ON
Whats 7 times 60?
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
420.
Make sure when doing the two-step
(Record 420 below 430.) Was it possible to make 7
check, students are writing the
groups of 60 from 430? How do you know?
equations correctly. Students have a
Yes, we distributed 420 and still have some left.
couple of options. They may record
How many are remaining after making the groups?
their work in two separate equations.
They must take the product and start a
10.
new equation for the addition. It is not
What does this remainder of 10 mean?
acceptable to write
10 is what is left over after making groups from the
40 2 = 80 + 12 = 92 because
whole. We dont have enough to make another group
40 2 92.
of 60. We need 60 to make 1 group, so well need
Alternatively, they may record their
50 more in order to make another group of 60.
work with a single, valid equation:
There are 7 units of 60 in 430 and 10 remaining. Now
40 2 + 12 = 80 + 12 = 92
work with a partner and check the answer.
Look at your checking equation. Say the multiplication
sentence starting with 60.
60 7 = 420.
What does this part represent?
It shows the part of our whole that was put into groups of 60. (Draw
number bond pictured to the right.)
(Write 60 7 = 420 on the board.) Say the equation to complete the
original whole.
420 + 10 = 430.
(Write 420 + 10 = 430 on the board below 60 7 = 420.) What does this part of our check represent?
This shows the part of the total that we could put into groups added to the part that we couldnt put
into groups. Together it is all that we had to distribute.
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.5
Lesson 19 5
Problem 3: 572 90
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 572 90 on the board.) Were trying to

make groups of 90. What multiple of 90 is
closest to 572 and would make this division easy?
Show me how to estimate the quotient.
(Show 540 90 = 54 9 = 6.)
Our estimated quotient is 6. With a partner, find
the actual quotient using the standard algorithm,
and check the answer. When youre finished, check your answer with
another group.
How many nineties are there in 572? (Record the algorithm.)
6.
Where is this recorded in the algorithm?
In the ones place above the ones place in the whole.
How many are remaining?
32.
Is this enough to make another ninety?
No.
What are the equations for checking the
problem?
90 6 = 540 and 540 + 32 = 572.


Lesson Objective: Divide two- and three-digit dividends
by multiples of 10 with single digit quotients and make
connections to a written method.
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.6
Lesson 19 5

In Problem 1(d), did anyone notice something

different? Does it always make sense to use the
standard algorithm?
In Problem 2, what was Terrys mistake? If you
had to estimate the quotient, what would you
have done? What could he do to correct his
quotient without erasing his work so far? (Make
sure students recognize that Terrys thinking was
accurate, but he stopped making groups too
soon. His error can be corrected by simply
making another group of 40 and subtracting it
from the remaining whole.)
What if Terry had estimated too large a quotient? What should he do?
How was solving Problem 3 different from solving all the others? Why?
Explain your thought process as you solved Problem 4.
What did all our divisors have in common today? Did this make estimation easier?
Does a divisor have to be a multiple of 10? Why do you think I chose multiples of 10 for divisors
today?

Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.7
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check. The first one is done for you.

a. 41 30
4
3
1
1
1
0
1
Check:
R 11
30 1 = 30
30 + 11 = 41
b. 80 30
c. 71 50
d. 270 30
e. 643 80
f.
215 90
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.8
2. Terry says the solution to 299 40 is 6 R59. His work is shown below. Explain Terrys error in thinking,
and then find the correct quotient using the space on the right.
4 0
2 9
2 4
5
6
9
0
9
4 0
2 9
3. A number divided by 80 has a quotient of 7 with 4 as a remainder. Find the number.
4. While swimming a 2 km race, Adam changes from breaststroke to butterfly every 200 m. How many
times did he switch strokes during the first half of the race?
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.9
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check using multiplication.

a. 73 20
b. 291 30
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.10
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check using multiplication. The first one is done for you.
a. 71 20
Check:
7
6
1
3
1
0
1
R 11
20 3 = 60
60 + 11 = 71
b. 90 40
c. 95 60
d. 280 30
e. 437 60
f.
346 80
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.11
2. A number divided by 40 has a quotient of 6 with a remainder of 16. Find the number.
3. A shipment of 288 textbooks has been delivered. Each of the 10 classrooms will receive an equal share of
the books, with any extra books being stored in the bookroom. After the texts have been distributed to
the classrooms, how many will be stored in the bookroom?
4. How many sixties are in two hundred forty-four?
Lesson 19:
Date:
7/4/13
2.F.12
Lesson 20 5
Lesson 20
Objective: Divide two- and three-digit dividends by two-digit divisors with
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(3 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Divide by Multiples of Ten with Remainders 5.NBT.6
(5 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for this lessons Content Development.
Direct the students to count by 510 multiples of 21 forward and backward, occasionally changing directions
and attempting to avoid student frustration.
Repeat process for 43.

Note: This drill reviews G5M2Lesson 17 content.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 18 and 19 for the following possible sequence: 607 19, 123 24,
891 96, and 5,482 62.
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.13
Lesson 20 5
Divide by Multiples of Ten with Remainders (5 minutes)

T:
(Write 73 50.) On your boards, solve the division problem using the standard algorithm. Check
your work using multiplication and addition.
Repeat process for 70 30, 157 30, and 432 70.

Billy has 2.4 m of ribbon for crafts. He wants to share it
evenly with 12 friends. How many centimeters of ribbon
would 7 friends get?
Note: This application problem reaches back to concepts

taught in G5M1.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
EXPRESSION:
Students have a choice of strategies
they can use to solve this problem.
They can think of 2.4 as 24 tenths. 24
tenths divided by 12 is 2 tenths. They
can also compensate. Students can
multiply the whole, 2.4, by 10. After
they divide 24 by 12, students will
need to divide the quotient by 10.
Both of these methods were explored
in Module 1.

Problem 1: 72 21
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 72 21 on the board.) What is our whole?

72.
Find a multiple of 20 close to 72 that makes this division
easy. Show me how to estimate the quotient on your
white board.
(Show 60 20 = 6 2 = 3.)
I see you chose 60. Why not choose 80 and estimate the
quotient as 4?
Because 4 20 is 80, and thats already too big.
Right, so our estimate means that there are about 3
twenty-ones in 72. Lets record that estimate. Where
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.14
Lesson 20 5
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
should it be recorded? (Write and set up the standard algorithm below 72 21 on the board.)
In the ones place.
What is 3 21?
63.
(Record 63 below 72.) So, weve distributed 3 units of 21. How many of the 72 remain? Give me the
full subtraction sentence.
72 63 = 9.
Is 9 enough to make another group of 21?
No.
How did our estimate help us solve the problem? Turn and share with your partner.
We divided 60 by 20 to get our estimate, which was 3 ones. So, thats what we tried first in the
quotient. Our estimated quotient was 3, and it turned out that our actual quotient was 3 with a
leftover of 9.
Great. Lets check our answer. Whisper the number sentences to your partner.
If I have 3 groups of 21 and add 9, what should my total be?
72.
If I have 21 groups with 3 in each and 9 more, what should my total be?
72. Its the same thing: 21 groups of 3 and 3 groups of 21 are both just 3 21.
Then that means that when using the algorithm, we can view the divisor as either the number of
groups or the size of each group.
Problem 2: 94 43
T:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 94 43 on the board.) Take out your personal

board. Work with a partner.
1. Round the divisor.
2. Find a multiple of the divisor that makes the division
easy.
3. Estimate the quotient.
Partner A will divide using the standard algorithm, and
Partner B will check the answer. (Allow time for
students to work.)
Partner A, say the quotient and the remainder for
94 43.
The quotient is 2 and the remainder is 8.
What does the quotient, 2, represent?
2 groups of 43. 43 groups with 2 in each one.
What does the remainder of 8 represent?
8 out of the 43 needed to make another group. 8 that couldnt be distributed fairly into 43
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.15
Lesson 20 5
T:
S:
T:
S:
groups.
Partner B, say your number sentences for checking the problem.
43 2 = 86, and 86 + 8 = 94.
Again, lets look at our estimated quotient and our actual quotient. Did our estimated quotient turn
out to be the actual quotient?
Yes.
Problem 3: 84 23
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
MP.2
T:
S:
T:
(Write 84 23 on the board.) We need a multiple of

20 that will make this division easy. Show me how to
estimate the quotient.
80 20 = 8 2 = 4.
What are other ways of estimating this problem?
90 30 = 9 3 = 3. 100 25 = 4.
These are all good ideas. Lets use our first possibility.
(Write 80 20 = 4 on the board.) Lets now solve this
problem using the standard algorithm. (Write and set
up the standard algorithm below 84 23 on the
board.) Our estimated quotient was 4, so Ill put 4 as
the quotient. (Record 4 as the quotient in the ones
place in standard algorithm.)
What are 4 units of 23?
92.
Wait a minute! Lets stop and think. We have 84 in
our total. Do we have enough to make 4 units of 23?
No.
Whats happening here? Why didnt our estimated
quotient work this time? Turn and discuss with your
partner.
Our estimation sentence was correct. 84 23 becomes
80 20 = 4. We rounded our divisor down from 23
to 20. When we multiply 23 times 4, the product is 92.
The product of 20 times 4 is 80. The extra part came
from 4 3. I know. We made the divisor smaller.
The real divisor was bigger, so that means we are going
to make fewer units. Yeah! If the divisor was just
two more, 25, we would have rounded to 30, and then
90 divided by 30 is obviously 3.
So if 4 ones is too big to be the quotient, what should
we do?
Lets try 3.
How much is 3 23?
Lesson 20:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
For Problem 3, some students may
easily see that 4 will be an
overestimate. Encourage these
students to solve the problem by
simply skip-counting by 23, or by only
rounding the whole and keeping the
divisor unchanged while they estimate.
This will cultivate their number sense
and challenge them appropriately.
Also you might want to pose questions
such as, What is the largest the whole
could be and still have a quotient of
3?

7/4/13
2.F.16
Lesson 20 5
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
69.
Take away those that weve distributed.
How many ones are remaining?
15.
What does the remainder of 15 tell us?
We dont have enough for a fourth group. Those 15 ones are left over. Well need 8 more to
make another group of 23.
Give me the quotient and remainder for 84 23.
The quotient is 3 and the remainder is 15.
Whisper to your partner what these numbers represent and how we should check this problem.
The 3 is 3 groups of 23, and the 15 are the ones that werent enough to make another group. We
should multiply the quotient and the divisor, and then add the remainder.
Say the multiplication sentence starting with 23.
23 3 = 69.
(Record 23 3 = 69 on the board.) Say the addition sentence starting with 69.
69 + 15 = 84.
(Record 69 + 15 = 84 below 23 3 = 69 on the board.) Is 84 our original whole?
Yes, we solved it correctly.
What did we just learn about estimated quotients? Turn and discuss.
We should always estimate before we solve, but we may need to adjust it. If we change the
divisor or the whole a lot, it could make our estimate too big or too small.
Problem 4: 57 29
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 57 29 on the board.) Take out your personal board. Work on this problem independently.
Remember to estimate, divide and check. Compare your work with a partner when youre finished.
Tell me how you estimated.
60 30 = 6 3 = 2.
Can I use the quotient of 2? Discuss with your
neighbor.
No.
Why not? How much is 2 units of 29?
58. 58 is greater than our whole of 57.
So whats the actual quotient?
1.
Give me the quotient and remainder for 57 29.
The quotient is 1 with a remainder of 28.
What are the sentences for checking the problem?
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.17
Lesson 20 5
S:
T:
S:
29 1 = 29 and 29 + 28 = 57.
Talk to your partner about how we could create
another division problem whose quotient is also
1 and whose remainder is 28.
Just put any number in place of 29 in the check
sentences and get a new whole. We could use
34 1 + 28 = 62. So, 62 34 is also 1 R 28.
We need 1 group of a number, and then we
would add 28 to that. That will give us a new
whole.


by two-digit divisors with single digit quotients and make
What pattern did you notice between 1(c) and

1(f)?
Did your initial estimates work for every example
in Problem (1)? Why or why not? What
happened in 1(d)?
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.18
Lesson 20 5
In Problem 2, what would you tell Linda in order to help her solve the problem? What lesson does
Linda need to learn? What is another way that Linda could have estimated that would have
eliminated the issue she encountered in the standard algorithm?
Explain your thought process as you set up and began to solve Problems 3 and 4. What was
challenging or unique about them? (Generating a division problem with the same quotient and
remainder appears on the End-of-Module Assessment. Make time to debrief the students thinking
about Problem 4 thoroughly.)
Talk about the importance of estimation when dividing with two-digit divisors.

Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.19
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check with multiplication. The first one is done for you.
d. 84 32
a. 65 17
3 R 14
1 7 6 5
- 5 1
1 4
Check:
17 3 = 51
51 + 14 = 65
b. 49 21
e. 77 25
c. 78 39
f.
Lesson 20:
Date:
68 17

7/4/13
2.F.20
2. When dividing 82 by 43, Linda estimated the quotient to be 2. Examine Lindas work and explain what
she needs to do next. On the right, show how you would solve the problem.
Lindas estimation:
4 0
2
8 0
Lindas work:
4 3
-
2
8 2
8 6
? ?
Your work:
4 3
8 2
3. A number divided by 43 has a quotient of 3 with 28 as a remainder. Find the number. Show your work.
4. Write another division problem that has a quotient of 3 and a remainder of 28.
5. Mrs. Silverstein sold 91 cupcakes at a food fair. The cupcakes were sold in boxes of a bakers dozen,
which is 13. She sold all the cupcakes at $15 per box. How much money did she receive?
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.21
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check with multiplication.

a. 78 21
b. 89 37
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.22
Name
Date
1. Divide, then check with multiplication. The first one is done for you.
a. 72 31
2 R 10
3 1 7 2
- 6 2
1 0
d. 67 19
Check:
31 2 = 62
62 + 10 = 72
b. 89 21
e. 79 25
c. 94 33
f.
Lesson 20:
Date:
83 21

7/4/13
2.F.23
2. A 189-square-foot rectangular office has a length of 21 feet. What is the width of the office?
3. While preparing for a morning conference, Principal Corsetti is laying out 15 dozen bagels on square
plates. Each plate can hold 14 bagels.
a. How many plates of bagels will Mr. Corsetti have?
b. How many more bagels would be needed to fill the final plate with bagels?
Lesson 20:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.24
Lesson 21 52
Lesson 21
Objective: Divide two- and three-digit dividends by two-digit divisors with
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(5 minutes)
Divide by Two-Digit Numbers 5.NBT.6
(7 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for this lessons Content Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 19 for 31 and 16.
Divide by Two-Digit Numbers (7 minutes)

Notes: This drill reviews G5M2Lesson 20 content.
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 61 17.) On your boards, show me

how to estimate the quotient.
(Write 60 20 = 3)
Solve the equation.
(Solve and check as exemplified to the
right.)
Repeat the process using the following possible sequence: 48 21, 99 32, and 74 37.
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.25
Lesson 21 52

105 students were divided equally into 15 teams.
a. How many players were on each team?
b. If each team had 3 girls, how many boys
were there altogether?
Note: Although yesterdays lesson focused only on
two-digit totals, the friendly divisor of 15 makes this
problem manageable for students. Students who have difficulty
answering Part (a) may need extra support during the Concept
Development.

Problem 1: 256 47
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
NOTES ON
TRUE EQUATIONS:
There are easy-to-make errors within
this lesson.
1. When writing an equation for
(Write 256 47 on the board.) How can we estimate

estimating:
the quotient? Discuss with a partner.
True: 256 47 250 50 = 25 5 =
(Discuss.) We need a multiple of 50 that is close to
5
256. 250 50 = 25 5 = 5.
True: 250 50 = 25 5 = 5
Lets use the estimate to help us solve in the standard
False: 256 47 = 250 50 = 25 5 = 5
algorithm. (On the board, write and set up the
False: 256 47 250 50 = 25 5 = 5
standard algorithm below 256 47.) Our estimated
2. When checking a quotient and
quotient is 5. Ill record that. (Record the quotient 5 in
remainder.
the ones place above 256.) What is 5 47? You may
True: 47 5 + 21 = 256
solve it on your personal board if you like.
False: 47 5 = 235 + 21 = 256
235.
(Record 235 below 256.) How many are remaining?
21.
(Record 21 in the algorithm.) Do we have enough for another group of 47 or
to distribute 1 more to 47 groups?
No.
So what does the 21 represent? Whisper to your neighbor.
This is what is left of our whole after we made all the groups of 47 we could.
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.26
Lesson 21 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
How did our estimate help us solve?

It gave us a starting point for our quotient.
We estimated the quotient to be 5, and our
actual quotient is 5 with a remainder of 21. The
estimate was just right.
This time our estimate did not need to be
adjusted. Why do you think that is?
We estimated 47 to be 50 and the whole was
almost a multiple of 50. Our divisor was
smaller than 50, so we didnt go over. Maybe
if it was 54 it wouldnt have worked so well even
though it rounds to 50, too. Yeah, 54 would
go over! It would be close to 270 (54 5).
Work with a partner to check the quotient.
One part is 5 complete groups of 47. The other part is the 21. Whats the whole?
256.
Problem 2: 236 39
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 236 39 on the board.) Think on your own.

How will you estimate? (Give students time to think.)
Tell me how youll estimate.
240 40 = 6.
What basic fact helped you to estimate?
24 6 = 4.
On your personal board, solve this problem with your
partner using the standard algorithm. Partner A will
divide using the standard algorithm, and Partner B will
check the answer.
Lets go over the answer. Analyze why our estimate
was perfect.
39 is really close to our estimated divisor, 40. The total was less than the
rounded whole but by just a little bit. It was close! 39 is one less than 40, so
6 groups of 39 will be 6 less than 240. The rounded quotient was 4 less than
240, so the difference is 2, our remainder!
What is 236 divided by 39?
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.27
Lesson 21 52
S:
T:
S:
The quotient is 6 with a remainder of 2.

Check it. How much is 39 6 + 2?
236.
Problem 3: 369 46
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
MP.2
T:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
NOTES ON
(Write 369 46 on the board.) How will you estimate
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
the quotient?
REPRESENTATION:
350 50 = 7. 400 40 = 10. 360 40 = 9.
Please note that there are multiple
These are all reasonable estimates. Lets use
ways of recording the general method
350 50 = (350 10) 5 = 35 5 = 7. (Write the
for division. Alternate ways of
estimate below the problem.)
correcting underestimated quotients
(Record 7 in the ones column in the quotient.) How
are included here. While the standard
method for recording the algorithm is
much is 46 7? You may solve on your personal board.
considered the goal in A Story of Units,
322.
select populations of students may find
Subtract this from our whole. How many ones are
these alternative recording methods
remaining?
more accessible.
47. (Record 322 and 47 in the algorithm.)
What do you notice about the remainder of 47 ones? Turn and discuss with your partner.
The remainder is larger than the group size, which means I have
enough to make another group. 47 is greater than the
divisor of 46. We havent made enough groups. We only
made 7 groups of 46, but we can make 8. Since 47 is
bigger than 46, it means that the quotient of 7 is not big
enough. We could try to use the quotient of 8.
We have 47 remaining. We agree thats enough to make
another group of 46. We can record this several ways.
(Write on board.)
Erase, start over, and use 8 as our quotient.
Subtract one more group of 46, cross out the 7 at the top, and write in an 8.
Subtract one more group of 46 and record a 1 above the 7 in our vertical algorithm.
To state our final quotient, we will need to remember to add 7 and 1.
(Subtract one more unit of 46.) Now, how many are remaining?
1.
(Record this in the algorithm.) Is that enough for another group of 46?
No.
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.28
Lesson 21 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
How many forty-sixes are in 369?

8 units of 46 with 1 one remaining.
Check it. Remember that we have 8 units of 46. Solve 8 46 + 1? (Write
the expression on the board.)
369.
Lets go back and look at our original estimation. If you remember, I
suggested 350 50. Turn and talk to your partner about how we ended up with a quotient that was
too small.
Our actual divisor was a lot smaller than the estimate. If the divisor is smaller, you can make more
groups. Also, our actual whole amount was bigger than our estimate. If the whole is larger, we
can make more groups! So, a smaller group size and larger whole meant our estimate was too
small.
So what can we say about estimating quotients?
Sometimes when we estimate a quotient, we need to be prepared to adjust it if necessary.
Problem 4: 712 94
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 712 94 on the board.) Take out

your personal board. Talk with your
partner and estimate the quotient.
700 100 or just 7. 720 90, which is
just 72 9 = 8.
Both are reasonable estimates. Lets use
the estimate that divides 720 by 90. That
gives us an estimated quotient of 8.
(Record this estimate on the board.) Talk
with your partner about this estimate.
What do you notice?
An estimate of 8 is too much because 8
groups of 90 is already more than 712, 8 x
90 = 720. Well try 7 as our quotient.
What was your estimated quotient when you divided 700 by 10?
7.
So, either estimate helped us get a starting place for our actual division.
Even our imperfect estimate of 8 led us to the correct quotient. Now
finish the division and check on your white board. When youre
finished, check it with a neighbor.
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.29
Lesson 21 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
Whats the answer for 712 divided by 94?

The quotient is 7 with a reminder of 54 ones.
Tell me the equations that youd use to check
your answer.
94 7 = 658 and 658 + 54 = 712.


by two-digit divisors with single-digit quotients and make
What pattern did you notice between 1(c) and

1(d)? Since the quotient was 8 with remainder 7
for both problems, does that mean the two
division expression are equal to each other?
Discuss the meaning of the quotient and
remainder for both problems.
In Problem 1, did your estimate need adjusting at
times? When? What did you do in order to
continue dividing?
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.30
Lesson 21 52
Share your thought process as you solved Problem 2. Can anyone share his or her solution? How
many solutions might there be to this problem? Can you create another solution to it? How did
your understanding of the check process help you answer this? Explain how the expression (n 8) +
11 might be used to solve this problem.
What steps did you take as you solved Problem 3? Raise your hand if you doubled the distance
(since 133 miles is just one way) before dividing. Try to find a classmate who solved this problem
differently from you (one who doubled the quotient after dividing, perhaps). Compare your
answers. What did you find?
If the distance is doubled first, a quotient of 19 with no remainder is found (i.e., Mrs. Giang
only needs 19 gallons of gas).
If 133 (the one-way distance) is divided first, a quotient of 9 with 7 miles left to drive is found.
Some students may interpret the remainder and conclude that 10 gallons is needed each
way, and double to arrive at a total of 20 gallons. (This amount of fuel would certainly allow
Mrs. Giang to arrive at her destination with extra gas in her tank.) This is good reasoning!
Students who divide first, but are thinking more deeply may realize that if the quotient (9) is
doubled, then the remainder (7 miles) must also be doubled. This yields 18 gallons of gas and
14 miles left over. This additional left over 14 miles requires 1 more gallon of gas, so Mrs.
Giang needs at least 19 gallons of gas.
Discuss thoroughly the remainders in Problem 4. It might be fruitful to allow students to make a
prediction about the size of the remainder in Part (b) before computing. Many students may be
surprised that the teacher receives more pencils even when more students are taking pencils.
Discuss how this could be possible.
Talk about how estimating makes the process of long division more efficient.
The estimated quotient sometimes needs to be adjusted. Talk about why this may happen.

Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.31
Name
Date
a. 258 47
4 7
-
2 5
2 3
2
5
8
5
3
R 23
Check:
4 7 5 = 235
235 + 23 = 258
b. 148 67
c. 591 73
d. 759 94
e. 653 74
f.
257 36
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.32
2. Generate and solve at least one more division problem with the same quotient and remainder as the one
below. Explain your thought process.
5 8
-
4 7
4 6
1
8
5
4
1
3. Assume that Mrs. Giangs car travels 14 miles on each gallon of

travels to visit her niece who lives 133 miles away, how many
will Mrs. Giang need to make the round trip?
gas. If she
gallons of gas
4. Louis brings 79 pencils to school. After he gives each of his 15 classmates an equal number of pencils, he
will give any leftover pencils to his teacher.
a. How many pencils will Louis teacher receive?
b. If Louis decides instead to take an equal share of the pencils along with his classmates, will his teacher
receive more pencils or fewer pencils? Show your thinking.
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.33
Name
Date

a. 326 53
b. 192 38
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.34
Name
Date
a. 129 21
Check:
2 1
-
1 2
1 2
6
9
6
3
R3
21 6 = 126
126 + 3 = 129
b. 158 37
c. 261 49
d. 574 82
e. 464 58
f.
640 9
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.35
2. It takes Juwan exactly 35 minutes by car to get to his grandmothers. The nearest parking area is a 4minute walk from her apartment. One week he visited more often. He realized that he spent 5 hours and
12 minutes traveling to her apartment and then back home. How many round trips did he make to visit
his grandmother?
3. How many eighty-fours are in 672?
Lesson 21:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.36
Lesson 22 52
Lesson 22
Objective: Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(6 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Divide Decimals 5.NBT.7
(3 minutes)
(4 minutes)
(5 minutes)
Divide Decimals (3 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for G5M2Lesson 24s Concept Development.
T:
S:
(Write 6 hundreds 2 =.) Say the division sentence in unit form.

6 hundreds 2 = 3 hundreds.
Repeat process with 6 tens 2 and 6 ones 2, and 6 tenths 2.

T:
S:
On your boards, write 6 tenths 2 in decimal form.

(Write 0.6 2 = 0.3.)
Repeat the process for 6 hundredths 2, 8 thousands 2, 8 ones 2, 8 tenths 2, and 8 hundredths 2.

Note: This drill will prepare students for this lessons Content Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 19 and 21 for 17 and 32.
Lesson 22:
Date:
Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors resulting

in two- and three-digit quotients reasoning about the
decomposition of successive remainder in each place value.
7/4/13
2.F.37
Lesson 22 52

Note: This drill will review G5M2Lesson 21 content.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 21 for the following possible sequence: 208 37, 128 57, and
664 83.

Zenins baby sister weighed 132 ounces at birth. How much
did his sister weigh in pounds and ounces?
Note: Depending on the class, you may or may not have to
remind students that there are 16 ounces in a pound. Either
way, it can be used as an opportunity to interpret the remainder
(i.e., what does the remainder of 4 represent in this problem?).

Problem 1: 590 17
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
MP.7
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 590 17 on the board.) Can we divide 5

hundreds by 17?
Not without regrouping.
Let's work with 59 tens, then. We can divide 59 tens
into 17 groups or groups of 17. Tell me how to
estimate to divide 59 tens by 17.
60 tens 20 = 3 tens
Record 3 tens and find the remainder in the
tens place. 3 tens times 17 is?
51 tens.
(Record 51 tens below 59 tens.) Remind me why
we record here. (Point to the algorithm.)
We record the 5 in the hundreds place, and the 1
is in the tens place because we know 51 tens is
the same as 510.
How many tens are remaining?
8 tens.
Can we divide 8 tens by 17?
Lesson 22:
Date:
NOTES ON
STANDARDS
ALIGNMENT:
The standards specifically require
students to find quotients using
strategies based on place value
(5.NBT.6). When dividing, students are
decomposing units just as they have
done when subtracting since Grade 2.
I dont have enough tens to subtract,
so Ill change 1 hundred for 10 tens.
When dividing, they also change each
larger unit that cannot be divided for
smaller units. Ill change 8 remaining
tens for 80 ones.

7/4/13
2.F.38
Lesson 22 52
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Not without regrouping.

We need to decompose these 8 tens into 80 ones.
There are no ones in the whole to add in. (Point to the
zero in the ones place of whole.)
Now we have 80 ones divided by 17. Tell me how to
divide 80 by 17?
80 ones 20 = 4 ones.
Record 4 ones in the quotient. What is 17 4 ones?
68 ones.
What is 80 68? How many ones remain?
12.
Could we make another group of 17?
No!
What is our quotient?
34.
What is 34 units of 17 plus 12 ones?
590.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
At this point in the module on division,
some of your students will be ready for
independent practice, while others will
clearly need more scaffolding and
support. If necessary, allow students
who are ready to work on the Problem
Set independently, and work in a small
group with those who need more help
Problem 2: 887 27
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 887 27 on the board.) Lets divide

together. Can we divide 8 hundreds by 27? (Point
to the first digit of the dividend.)
No, we have to change the 8 hundreds to 80 tens.
80 tens and 8 tens, 88 tens. We have to
regroup to have 88 tens.
(Point to the first two digits of the dividend.) How
would you estimate 88 tens divided by 27. Show
me on your personal board.
90 tens 30 = 3 tens.
Record 3 tens in the quotient and find the product of 3 tens and 27.
82 tens.
How many tens are remaining?
6 tens.
Can we divide 6 tens by 27 or must we regroup? Explain.
No, we need to regroup the 6 tens to 60 ones and combine them with the 7 ones in the whole, to
make 67 ones.
Now, we have 67 ones divided by 27. Show me how youll estimate.
Record 2 ones in the quotient. What is 2 27?
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.39
Lesson 22 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
54 ones.
How many ones remain?
23 ones
Can we divide 23 ones by 27?
No, 23 is the remainder.
How many groups of 27 are in 887?
32 groups.
With how many left over?
23 remaining.
Complete the two-part check to make sure.
Problem 3: 839 41
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 839 41 on the board.) Solve this problem with a partner. As you finish each step share your
thinking with your partner.
(Work.)
OK. Lets share your work. How did you first
estimate to begin dividing?
2 tens times 41 equals?
82 tens.
How many tens remain?
1 ten.
What did you do next?
Regrouped the 1 ten and made 10 ones and combined them with the 9 ones in the whole to make 19
ones.
What is 19 ones divided by 41?
Zero. It cant be divided.
What is the quotient, then?
20 remainder 19.
Explain how you knew that the quotient was 20 with a remainder of 19 and not 2 with a remainder
of 19. Turn and talk.
(Share.)
Did you check the answer? Was it correct?
Yes.
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.40
Lesson 22 52


Lesson Objective: Divide three- and four-digit dividends
by two-digit divisors resulting in two- and three-digit
quotients reasoning about the decomposition of
successive remainders in each place value.
In Problem 1, was it ever necessary to adjust your

quotient after estimating? If so, what did you do
in order to continue dividing?
While checking your work today, did anyone
discover an error in his or her division? If so, how
did you fix it? How did you know what to do?
Explain your thought process as you solved
Problem 1(f). What were you thinking as you
recorded a digit in the ones place of your quotient
and recorded the remainder? Was anyone
tempted to say the answer was 4 with a
remainder of 14?
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.41
Lesson 22 52
Talk to your partner about how you set up and solved Problem 2. What was your thinking like? How
could you use your thinking to solve 660 48 or 661 48 or 662 48, etc.? What would the total
need to be in order to have a quotient of exactly 13?
What did you have to do in order to solve Problem 3(b)? Talk with a neighbor.
How did estimation help you to divide today?

Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.42
Name
Date
a. 580 17
Check:
1 7
-
b. 3
5 8
5 1
7
4
0
R2
3 4 17 = 578
578 + 2 = 580
2
b. 730 32
c. 940 28
d. 553 23
e. 704 46
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.43
f.
614 15
2. Halle solved 664 48 below. She got a quotient of 13 with a remainder of 40. How could she use her
work below to solve 659 48 without redoing the work? Explain your thinking.
4 8
-
6
4
1
1
1
6
8
8
4
4
3
4
4
4
0
3. 27 students are learning to make balloon animals. There are 172 balloons to be shared equally among
the students.
a. How many balloons are left over after sharing them equally?
b. If each student needs 7 balloons, how many more balloons are needed? Explain how you know.
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.44
Name
Date

a. 413 19
b. 708 67
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.45
Name
Date
a. 487 21
Check:
2 1
-
b. 2
4 8
4 2
6
3
7
R4
21 23 = 483
483 + 4 = 487
4
b. 485 15
c. 700 21
d. 399 31
e. 820 42
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.46
f.
908 56
2. When dividing 2,458 by 51, a student finds a quotient of 48 with a remainder of 11. Check the students
work, and use the check to find the error in their solution.
3. A baker was going to arrange 432 desserts into rows of 28. The baker divides 432 by 28 and gets a
quotient of 15 with remainder 12. Explain what the quotient and remainder represent.
Lesson 22:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.47
Lesson 23 52
Lesson 23
Objective: Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(3 minutes)
Rename Tenths and Hundredths 5.NBT.2
(4 minutes)
(5 minutes)

Note: This drill will prepare students for Content Development
in G5M2Lesson 24.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 22 for the following
possible sequence: 6 tens 3, 6 tenths 3, 6 hundredths 3,
9 thousands 3, 9 hundreds 3, 9 hundredths 3, and
9 tenths 3.
Rename Tenths and Hundredths (4 minutes)
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
Todays lesson makes the transition
from three-digit dividends to four-digit
dividends. It will be important to
assess yesterdays Exit Ticket to
determine if students are ready for this
new complexity. Its not important
that students master the skill yet, but if
the majority of the students are not yet
showing an understanding of division
concepts, the use of estimation, or
displaying sound number sense, then
consider doing an extra day of threedigit dividend work.

Note: This drill will prepare students for estimating decimal quotients in G5M2Lesson 25.
T:
S:
Ill say a number, and you state it as a decimal. 1 tenth.

0.1.
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.48
Lesson 23 52
Repeat the process for 2 tenths, 3 tenths, 8 tenths, and 9 tenths.

T:
S:
(Write 10 tenths =.) Write the number.

(Write 1.)
Repeat the process for 11 tenths, 19 tenths, 20 tenths, 30 tenths, 80 tenths, 90 tenths, 100 tenths, and 200
tenths.
Repeat the process for 1 hundredth, 2 hundredths, 3 hundredths, 8 hundredths, 9 hundredths, 10
hundredths, 20 hundredths, 30 hundredths, 90 hundredths, 100 hundredths, 200 hundredths, 900
hundredths, 1,000 hundredths, and 2,000 hundredths.

Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 21 and 22 for the following possible sequence: 650 16, 740 32,
and 890 27.

The rectangular room measures 224 square feet. One side of
the room is 14 feet long. What is the perimeter of the room?
Note: This Application Problem builds on the previous days
lesson involving three-digit totals divided by two-digit divisors.
It also provides a review of area and is a two-step problem.

Problem 1: 6,247 29
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
Can we divide 6 thousands by 29?

Not without changing them to 60 hundreds.
Ok, then work with 62 hundreds, which we can divide into 29 groups or groups of 29.
Divide 62 hundreds by 29. Show me how to estimate 62 hundreds divided by 29.
60 hundreds 30 = 2 hundreds.
Record 2 in the hundreds place of the quotient.
What is 2 hundreds 29? Solve on your whiteboard.
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.49
Lesson 23 52
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Solve.) 58 hundreds.
Pay attention to place value as you carefully record this.
(Record in algorithm.) How many hundreds are
remaining?
4 hundreds.
Decompose (regroup) those 4 hundreds into 40 tens
plus the 4 tens in the whole. How many tens is that?
44 tens.
Now we must divide 44 tens by 29. Show me how you
estimate 44 29.
30 tens 30 = 1 ten.
What is 1 ten 29?
29 tens.
44 tens 29 tens is a remainder of?
15 tens.
Can we divide again or must we decompose? Explain.
We need to decompose 15 tens into 150 ones, plus the
7 ones in our whole, to make 157 ones. We cant
divide again because the remainder is less than the
divisor.
Now we have 157 ones divided by 29. Show me how
you estimate 157 29.
150 30 = 5.
What is 5 29?
145.
How many are remaining?
12.
What does that mean? Turn and talk.
Lesson 23:
Date:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
While estimating, it is fair to assume
that not all students in every class will
agree to round the dividend and divisor
in the same way. For example, in
Problem 1, some students may want to
estimate 6,300 30 = 210, while
others may see 6,000 25 = 240, and
the majority will probably want to
estimate 6,000 30. The intent here is
not to rob students of their number
sense, or pigeonhole them into
estimating one way, but rather to
cultivate their sense of how numbers
relate to one another and be able to
defend why they rounded how they
did. In the end, however, in order to
complete the problem as a group, the
teacher must decide which
approximation to use for the example
being done on the board.

7/4/13
2.F.50
Lesson 23 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
When we divide 6,247 into twenty-nines we can make exactly 215 units of 29, with 12 left over.
Or you could think of it as sharing 6,247 into 29 groups, there are 215 in each group with 12 left
over.
Lets check. 215 29 = what? (Wait for students to solve.)
6,245.
6,245 + 12?
6,257.
Problem 2: 4,289 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 4,289 52 on the board.) Lets all complete this problem together. Ill work on the board;
you work on your personal boards.
(Work.)
First, can we divide 4 thousands
by 52?
No, we have to decompose.
Yes. How many hundreds do we
have?
42 hundreds.
Can we divide 42 hundreds by
52?
No. We have to decompose again.
Ok. How many tens do we have?
428 tens.
Good. Now, we can divide 428 tens by 52. Show me how to estimate for 428 tens divided by 29.
400 tens 50 = 8 tens.
Record 8 in the tens place of the quotient.
What is 8 tens 52?
416 tens.
Pay attention to place value as you carefully record this.
(Record in algorithm.) How many tens are remaining?
12 tens.
Decompose (regroup) those 12 tens into 120 ones plus the 9 ones in the whole. How many ones is
that?
129 ones.
Now we divide 129 ones by 52? Show me how to estimate 129 52.
100 ones 50 = 2 ones.
What is 2 52?
104 ones.
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.51
Lesson 23 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
129 ones 104 ones gives a remainder of?

25 ones.
Are we finished or do we continue to decompose and divide? Explain.
We are finished. 25 is our remainder, and we dont need to continue to decompose to the tenths
place.
Did you check your answer? Was it correct?
Yes.
Problem 3: 6,649 63
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write 6,649 63 on the board.)

Solve this problem with a partner.
As you finish each step share your
thinking with your partner.
(Work while teacher circulates and
assists where necessary.)
OK. Lets share your work. How
did you first estimate to begin
dividing?
60 hundreds 60 = 1 hundred.
1 hundred times 63 equals?
63 hundreds.
How many hundreds remain?
3 hundreds.
What did you do next?
Regrouped the 3 hundreds and made 30 tens and combined them with the 4 tens in the whole to
make 34 tens.
Can we divide 34 tens by 63?
No. We have to decompose.
Yes. Record 0 in the tens place of the quotient. Now we decompose; whats 340 ones plus 9 ones?
349 ones.
How did you estimate 349 divided by 63?
300 60 = 5.
Whats 5 63?
315.
Whats the remainder?
34.
Did you check the answer? Was it correct?
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.52
Lesson 23 52
Problem 4: 3,164
T:
45
(Write 3,164 45 on the board.) Solve this

problem independently. Do all three steps,
estimate, solve, and check, independently. But
after you finish each step, check your answer
with a partner before moving on.
Follow the questioning sequence from above. Allow

students to discuss the recording of 0 ones thoroughly.


Lesson Objective: Divide three- and four-digit dividends
by two-digit divisors resulting in two- and three-digit
quotients reasoning about the decomposition of
successive remainders in each place value.
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.53
Lesson 23 52
What pattern did you notice between 1(e) and 1(f)? Since the quotient was 70 with a remainder of
14 for both problems, does that mean these division expressions are equal? Discuss the meaning of
the remainder for both problems. Does the remainder of 14 represent the same thing? Does the
quotient of 70 represent the same thing? Are the 70 units in 1(e) equal to 70 units in 1(f)?
When dividing did your estimate need adjusting at times? When? What did you do in order to
continue dividing?
Compare your quotients in Problem 1. What did you notice in Problem 1 (a, b, and c)? Will a fourdigit total divided by a two-digit divisor always result in a three-digit quotient? How does the
relationship between the divisor and the whole impact the number of digits in the quotient? Can
you create a problem that will result in a two-digit quotient? A three-digit quotient?
Discuss student approaches to finding the number of days the full tank will last in Problem 4.
Various interpretations of the remainders will engender different answers between 56 and 57 days.

Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.54
Name
Date

a. 4,859 23
b. 4,368 52
c. 7,242 34
d. 3,164 45
e. 9,152 29
f.
Lesson 23:
Date:
4,424 63

7/4/13
2.F.55
2. Mr. Riley baked 1,692 chocolate cookies. He sold them in boxes of 36 cookies each. How much money
did he collect if he sold them all at $8 per box?
3. 1,092 flowers are arranged into 26 vases, with the same number of flowers in each vase. How many
flowers would be needed to fill 130 such vases?
4. The elephants water tank holds 2,560 gallons of water. After two weeks, the zookeeper measures and
finds that the tank only has 1,934 gallons of water left. If the elephant drinks the same amount of water
each day, how many days will a full tank of water last?
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.56
Name
Date

a. 8,283 19
b. 1,056 37
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.57
Name
Date

a.
9,962 41
b. 1,495 45
c. 6,691 28
d. 2,625 32
e. 2,409 19
f.
Lesson 23:
Date:
5,821 62

7/4/13
2.F.58
2. A political gathering in South America held 788 people. Each of South Americas 14 countries were
equally represented. The remaining people were guests from the United States. How many guests were
from the United States?
3. A chocolate company is packaging 32 ounces of caramels into reusable, plastic cups. When a shipping
box is filled with these caramel packages, it weighs 49 pounds 8 ounces.
a. How many caramel filled cups are in the box?
b. Use your remainder to find the weight of each plastic cup.
Lesson 23:
Date:

7/4/13
2.F.59
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic G
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit

Decimal Division
5.NBT.7
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.7
Instructional Days:
G5M1
G6M2
-Links to:
Topic G uses the knowledge students have accumulated about whole number division with double-digit
divisors and extends it to division of decimals by double-digit divisors (5.NBT.7). Parallels between sharing or
grouping whole number units, and sharing or grouping decimal units are the emphasis of Topic G. Students
quickly surmise that the concepts of division remain the same regardless of the size of the units being shared
or grouped. Placement of the decimal point in quotients is based on students reasoning about when wholes
are being shared or grouped, and when the part being shared or grouped transitions into fractional parts.
Students reason about remainders in a deeper way than in previous grades. Students consider cases in which
remainders expressed as whole numbers appear to be equivalent; however, equivalence is disproven when
such remainders are decomposed as decimal units and shared or grouped.
Topic G:
Date:
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Decimal Division

7/4/13
2.G.1
Topic G 52
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Decimal Division
Objective 1: Divide decimal dividends by multiples of 10, reasoning about the placement of the decimal
point and making connections to a written method.
(Lesson 24)
Objective 2: Use basic facts to approximate decimal quotients with two-digit divisors, reasoning about
the placement of the decimal point.
(Lesson 25)
Objective 3: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating quotients, reasoning about the
placement of the decimal point, and making connections to a written method.
(Lessons 2627)
Topic G:
Date:
Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Decimal Division

7/4/13
2.G.2
Lesson 24 52
Lesson 24
Objective: Divide decimal dividends by multiples of 10, reasoning about
the placement of the decimal point and making connections to a written
method.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(31 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(4 minutes)
(3 minutes)
(5 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for estimating decimal quotients in G5M2Lesson 25.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 23 using the following possible sequence: 9 tenths, 10 tenths, 20
tenths, 90 tenths, 95 tenths, 100 tenths, 200 tenths, 600 tenths, 650 tenths, 657 tenths, 832 tenths, 9
hundredths, 10 hundredths, 20 hundredths, 90 hundredths, 95 hundredths, 100 hundredths, 200 hundredths,
900 hundredths, 950 hundredths, 1,000 hundredths, 2,000 hundredths; 5,000 hundredths, 5,800 hundredths,
5,830 hundredths, 5,834 hundredths, and 2,834 hundredths.

Note: This drill prepares students for Content Development in G5M2Lesson 24.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 22 and 23 using the following possible sequence: 15 ones 5, 15
tenths 5, 15 hundredths 5, 12 tens 3, 12 tenths 3, 24 hundreds 6, and 24 hundredths 6.
Lesson 24:
Date:

placement of the decimal point and making connections to a written
method.
7/4/13
2.G.3
Lesson 24 52

Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 2123 using the following possible sequence: 5,349 21, 6,816
32, and 4,378 51.

A long-time runner compiled her training distances in the chart below. Fill in the missing values.
Runners Log
Total Number
of Miles Run
Number of Days
420
____________
12
14.5
____________
38.0
10
____________
____________
17
Miles Run Each Day
16.5
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
It may be challenging for some
students to articulate their ideas
without a moment to prepare. One
strategy that can help struggling
students is to ask them to restate what
they hear the teacher or another
student say. For example, the teacher
might say, When Ive finished
explaining this problem, Im going to
ask you to restate my explanation in
your own words.
Note: This Application Problem serves as a quick review of multi-digit multiplication and division with doubledigit divisors. Students must determine which operation is needed, and the review of whole number division
can serve as an anticipatory set for todays continuation into decimal divisors.
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.4
Lesson 24 52

Materials: (S) Place value mats from hundreds to thousandths, personal white boards
Problems 13
54 10
5.4 10
0.54 10
T:
MP.2
(Write 54 10 on the board.) Lets solve this

problem using place value disks. Draw 5 tens
disks and 4 ones disks on your personal board.
Student and teacher draw 5 tens disks and 4 ones disks as shown to the right.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Say this in unit form.

5 tens 4 ones.
What is 1 ten divided by 10?
1 one.
If 1 ten divided by 10 is 1 one, what is 5 tens divided by 10?
5 ones.
Ill show that division with my number disks. You do the same.
(Draw an arrow showing 10 and 5 ones disks.)
What is 1 one divided by 10?
1 tenth.
If 1 one divided by 10 is 1 tenth, what is 4 ones divided by 10?
4 tenths.
Show that division with number disks.
(Point to the original problem.) Read the equation with the
solution.
54 10 = 5.4.
(Write 5.4 10 on the board.) Compare this problem to 54
divided by 10. Turn and talk.
The whole is less than the first one, but we are still dividing
by 10. 5.4 is 1 tenth as large as 54. The quotient
from our first problem is now the whole. The first
whole is 10 times as large, so its quotient should also be 10
times larger than the quotient of 5.4 10.
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.5
Lesson 24 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
Imagine what this number would look like on a

place value chart. When we divide, what will
happen to the digits and why?
They will move to the right one place value
because they are being divided into smaller units.
What pattern do you notice in the placement of
the decimal? Turn and talk.
(Share.)
Follow a similar sequence for this problem and the

others in this set of problems. Use Module 1
knowledge of the place value chart to support division
with the disks. Please refer to the graphics for
examples of student work.
Many students may benefit if teachers

think out loud as they solve a problem.
This strategy is often referred to as self
talk, wherein a teacher doesnt ask any
questions as the problem is solved.
Instead, the teacher talks through each
step, verbalizing why each decision is
made, as if talking out loud to him or
herself.
Problems 48
54 90
5.4 90
0.54 90
54 900
5.4 900
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
This strategy is beneficial for students
who do not have enough background

(Write 54 90 on the board.) How is this problem different
knowledge or vocabulary to answer
than the others weve solved? Turn and talk.
questions.
I know 54 divided by 9 equals 6. Were still dividing
with tens, but there are 9 tens rather than 1 ten.
Our divisor this time is 90. Can you decompose 90 with
10 as a factor?
Yes, 10 9 = 90.
Ill rewrite the problem to reflect our thinking. (Write 54 90 = 54
10 9.) Turn and tell your neighbor the quotient of 54 divided by
10. If necessary, you may use your place value disks or mat or
visualize what happens when dividing by 10.
What is 54 divided by 10?
5.4.
Are we finished?
No, we still need to divide by 9.
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.6
Lesson 24 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
Say the division equation that we now have to solve.

Five and four tenths divided by 9.
Read this equation naming 5.4 as tenths.
54 tenths divided by 9.
T:
T:
S:
T:
Solve it on your white boards.

54 divided by 90 equals 6 tenths.
When we factored our divisor as 10 9, we first divided by 10 then
divided by 9. Would our quotient be affected if we divided by 9 and
then by 10? Why or why not? Turn and talk.
No. It wouldnt matter because we are still dividing by 90 either
way. 9 10 and 10 9 are both equal to 90. 54 (10 9) = 54
(9 10). Our divisor wasnt changed so the quotient wouldnt
change. (54 10) 9 = (54 9) 10.
S:
Repeat this sequence with the other problems in the set. Please refer to
the graphics for student work.


Lesson Objective: Divide decimal dividends by multiples
of 10, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point
and making connections to a written method.
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.7
Lesson 24 52

Describe the pattern that you noticed in our

lesson and Problem Set when a smaller number is
divided by a greater number.
In Problem 1(l), by which factor of 90 did you
divide first? Find someone who divided the same
way you did. Now, find someone who did it
differently. Compare your approach and your
quotients.
Discuss 1 (g) and 1(h). Ask, The divisors and
wholes are different in these problems, yet the
quotients are the same. How is this possible?
Set students a challenge to generate another pair
of problems like 1(g) and 1(h).

Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.8
Name
Date
1. Divide. Show the division in the right hand column in two steps. The first two have been done for you.
a. 1.2 6 = 0.2
b. 1.2 60 = (1.2 6) 10 = 0.2 10 = 0.02
c. 2.4 4 = __________________________
d. 2.4 40 = _________________________
e. 14.7 7 = _________________________
f. 14.7 70 = ________________________
g. 3.4 2 = ________________________
h. 0.34 20 = ______________________
i.
j. 0.45 90 = ______________________
k.
0.45 9 = _______________________
3.45 3 = _______________________
Lesson 24:
Date:
l. 34.5 300 =______________________

method.
7/4/13
2.G.9
2. Use place value reasoning and the first quotient to compute the second quotient. Explain your thought
process.
a. 46.5 5 = 9.3
46.5 50 = ___________
b. 0.51 3 = 0.17
0.51 30 = ___________
c. 29.4 70 = 0.42
2.94 7 = ___________
d. 13.6 40 = 0.34
13.6 4 = __________
3. 20 polar bears live at the zoo. In four weeks, they eat 9,732.8 pounds of food altogether. Assuming each
bear is fed the same amount of food, how much food is used to feed one bear for a week? Round your
answer to the nearest pound.
4. The total weight of 30 bags of flour and 4 bags of sugar is 42.6 kg. If each bag of sugar weighs 0.75 kg,
what is the weight of each bag of flour?
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.10
Name
Date
1. Divide.
a. 27.3 3
b. 2.73 30
c. 273 300
2. If 7.29 9 = 0.81, then the quotient of 7.29 90 is _________________. Use place value reasoning to
explain the placement of the decimal point.
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.11
Name
Date
1. Divide. Show the division in the right column in two steps. The first two have been done for you.
a. 1.8 6 = 0.3
g. 0.8 4 = ___________
b. 1.8 60 = (1.8 6) 10 = 0.3 10 = 0.03
h. 80 400 = ______________________
c. 2.4 8 = _____________________
i.
0.56 7 = ______________________
d. 2.4 80 = ____________________
j.
0.56 70 = _____________________
e. 14.6 2 = ____________________
k. 9.45 9 = _____________________
f.
l.
14.6 20 = ___________________
Lesson 24:
Date:
9.45 900 =____________________

method.
7/4/13
2.G.12
2. Use place value reasoning and the first quotient to compute the second quotient. Use place value to
explain how you placed the decimal point.
a. 65.6 80 = 0.82
65.6 8 = __________
b. 2.5 50 = 0.65
2.5 5 = ___________
c. 19.2 40 = 0.48
19.2 4 = ___________
d. 39.6 6 = 6.6
39.6 60 = ___________
3. Chris rode his bike along the same route every day for 60 days. He logged that he had gone exactly 127.8
miles.
a. How many miles did he bike each day? Show your work to explain how you know.
b. How many miles did he bike over the course of two weeks?
4. 2.1 liters of coffee were equally distributed to 30 cups. How many milliliters of coffee were in each cup?
Lesson 24:
Date:

method.
7/4/13
2.G.13
Lesson 25 5
Lesson 25
Objective: Use basic facts to approximate decimal quotients with two-digit
divisors, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point.
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(31minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(4 minutes)
Divide Decimals by 10 5.NBT.7
(4 minutes)
Divide Decimals by Multiples of 10 5.NBT.7
(4 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for estimating decimal quotients during the Concept Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 23 and 24 for the following possible sequence: 10 tenths, 90
tenths, 94 tenths, 100 tenths, 700 tenths, 783 tenths, 372 tenths, 9 hundredths, 10 hundredths, 90
hundredths, 98 hundredths, 100 hundredths, 900 hundredths, 980 hundredths, 1,000 hundredths, 7,000
hundredths, 7,400 hundredths, 7,418 hundredths, and 4,835 hundredths.
Divide Decimals by 10 (4 minutes)

T:
(Project 3,800 on a place value chart. To the side, write 3,800 10.) Say the division sentence.
S:
3,800 10 = 380.
T:
(Cross out each digit and draw arrows one place value to the right. Write 380 in the place value
chart.) When dividing by 10, digits shift how many places to the right?
Lesson 25:
Date:

divisors reasoning about the placement of the decimal point.
7/4/13
2.G.14
Lesson 25 5
S:
One.
T:
(Project 380 on a place value chart. To the side, write 380 10.) On your boards, write the division
sentence and answer.
S:
(Write 380 10 = 38.)
Repeat the process for 38 10; 3.8 10; 270 10; 2.7 10; 4,900 10; 49 10; and 0.49 10.
Divide Decimals by Multiples of 10 (4 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 1.2 4 =.) Solve the division equation expressing the whole in tenths.
12 tenths 4 = 3 tenths.
(Write 1.2 4 = 0.3. To the right, write 1.2 40 =.) On your boards, write 12 tenths 40 as a threestep division sentence, taking out the ten.
(Write (1.2 10) 4 = 0.12 4 = 0.03.)
Repeat the process for 2.4 2, 2.4 20, 8 2, 8 20, 0.35 5, and 0.35 50.

Ms. Heinz spent 12 dollars on 30 bus tokens for the field trip. What was the cost of 12 tokens?
Note: This Application Problem is based on
G5M2Lesson 24, where students divided
decimals by 10 and multiples of 10. This also
asks students to multiply decimals to find
the answer, which is a review of the first half
of Module 2.

Problems 12
39.1 17
3.91 17
T:
In Module 1, we rounded our decimal factors to

estimate the product. We will estimate quotients
now by rounding the whole and divisor. (Write 39.1
19 on the board.)
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.15
Lesson 25 5
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
Just as we did before, round the divisor first. What is

17 rounded to the nearest ten?
20.
NOTES ON
Lets record our estimation. (Under the original
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
problem, write ____ 20 on the board.) We need to
ACTION AND
round our whole, 39.1, to a number that can easily be
EXPRESSION:
divided by 20. Turn and share your ideas with your
partner.
Allow students to express the rounded
whole number dividends in unit form,
What could we round 39.1 to?
as these representations may help
I can round 39.1 to 40. I can use mental math to
student to see the division of a smaller
divide 4 tens by 2 tens.
number by a larger number more
(Fill in the blank to get 40 20.) Show me how to
easily. For example, students who
struggle to see 4 as a number that can
find the estimated quotient of 39.1 17.
be divided by 20 may have more
40 20 = 4 2 = 2.
success if it is written as 40 tenths.
So 39.1 17 2.
(Write 3.91 17 on the board.) Think about the size of
this related quotient based on the estimation we just
made. Turn and talk.
The whole has the same digits, but it is 1 tenth the size of the first one. I think the quotient will
also be 1 tenth the size of the first one. The quotient will probably be around 2 tenths because
that is 1 tenth as large as 2.
Lets estimate the quotient. Since our divisor is the same, lets use the same estimate of 20. Can
you think of a multiple of 2 that would be close to 3.91?
4.
(Write 4 20 _________.) Show me how to find the estimated quotient. Talk to your partner
about your thinking.
4 20 = 4 10 2 = 0.4 2 = 0.2. 4 ones divided by 10 is 4 tenths and 4 tenths divided by 2 is 2
tenths. 4 2 = 2 and 2 10 = 0.2.
Show me the equation to find the estimated quotient.
4 20 = 0.2.
I noticed that you all factored 20 into 2 x 10, but some of you divided by 2 first and others divided by
10 first. How did this affect your quotient?
It didnt affect it because 2 x 10 and 10 x 2 are both 20. As long as our divisor is still 20, the order
doesnt matter.
Why is estimating useful?
It helps give us a starting place when we need to find the actual quotient, just like with whole
numbers. Im unsure of the value of 2.42 12, but an estimate can help me think about the value
of the quotient when a smaller number is divided by a larger number. 24 tenths divided by 12 is
easy, 2 tenths.
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.16
Lesson 25 5
Problem 2:
63.6 73
6.36 73
T:
63.6 pounds of rice were put into 73 bags. About

how many pounds of rice were in each bag? (Write
on board.) 63.6 73 = ___________. Thinking about
this story problem, will the number of pounds in each
bag be more than 1 pound or less than 1 pound?
How do you know?
S: It should be less than 1 pound because there are 73
bags and only 63 pounds. Theres not enough to put
1 pound in each bag. Less than 1 pound. To put 1
pound in each bag, youd need 73 pounds and we
dont have that much.
MP.1
T: Lets estimate this quotient and test that thinking.
Turn and talk.
S: We can estimate the divisor as 70 because I can see a 63 in the whole and that is a multiple of 7.
I will round 73 to 70 and think of a close multiple of 7. 63 is close to 63.6.
T: What is the estimation expression in standard
form?
S: 63 70. 63.0 70.
NOTES ON
T: Show your division in two steps on your board.
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
S: 63 10 = 6.3 and 6.3 7 = 0.9. 63 7 = 9 and
ACTION AND
9 10 = 0.9.
EXPRESSION:
Repeat this sequence with 6.36 73. Have students reason
In this lesson, students will be using
about how large the quotient would be and how it relates to the
easily identifiable multiples to find an
first quotient.
estimated quotient. Remind students
about the relationship between
multiplication and division (the inverse
property) so they can think of the
following division sentence as a
multiplication equation:
Problem 3:
11.72 42
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
(Write 11.72 42 on the board.) Read the division

sentence in word form.
1200 40 =
40 x
= 1200.
11 and 72 hundredths divided by 42.
Estimate the divisor. Turn and talk.
42 is close to 40.
Whisper to your partner a multiple of 4 that is close to 11.72. Then find the estimated quotient.
Show me how to find the estimated quotient?
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.17
Lesson 25 5
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
1200 hundredths 40. 12 40.

12.00 40.
(Write on board.) 11.72 42 12
40. Whats your estimate?
30 hundredths. 0.30. 3 tenths.
0.3.
Explain how you found your answer.
(Record student thinking on board.) I
divided 1,200 by 10 to get 120. Then I
divided 120 by 4 and got 30.
When you are working on your
problem set, I want you to remember
to estimate using easily identifiable
multiples.


Lesson Objective: Use basic facts to approximate decimal
quotients with two-digit divisors reasoning about the
placement of the decimal point.
conversation to debrief the problem set and process the
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.18
Lesson 25 5
Before students begin the Problem Set, have

them predict and sort the tasks in Problem 1 into
those with quotients more than 1 and those with
quotients less than 1. Have them justify their
thinking as they sort.
Have students compare estimates for 1(c) and
1(e) and defend their choices.
Could your answer to 1(c) help you find the
answer to 1(d) without having to make another
estimate?
How is Problem 4 like Problem 1(e)? (Divisors
can be left and dividends estimated for both.)
Are there other problems where this method of
estimating the quotient makes sense?

the students.
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.19
Name
Date
1. Estimate the quotients.
a. 3.24 82
b. 361.2 61
c. 7.15 31
d. 85.2 31
e. 27.97 28
2. Estimate the quotient in (a). Use your estimated quotient to estimate (b) and (c).
a. 7.16 36
b. 716 36
c. 71.6
36
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.20
3. Edward bikes the same route to and from school each day. After 28 school days, he bikes a total distance
of 389.2 miles.
a. Estimate how many miles he bikes in one day.
b. If Edward continues his routine of biking to school, about how days altogether will it take him to
reach a total distance of 500 miles?
4. Xavier goes to the store with $40. He spends $38.60 on 13 bags of popcorn.
a. About how much does a bag of popcorn cost?
b. Does he have enough money for another bag? Use your estimate to explain your answer.
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.21
Name
Date
a. 1.64 22
b. 123.8 62
c. 6.15 31
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.22
Name
Date
a. 3.53 51
b. 24.2 42
c. 9.13 23
d. 79.2 39
e. 7.19 58
2. Estimate the quotient in (a). Use your estimated quotient to estimate (b) and (c).
a. 9.13 42
b. 913 42
c. 91.3
42
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.23
3. Mrs. Huynh bought a bag of 3 dozen toy animals as party favors for her sons birthday party for $28.97.
Estimate the price of each toy animal.
4. Carter drank 15.75 gallons of water in 4 weeks. He drank the same amount of water each day.
a. Estimate how many gallons he drank in one day.
b. Estimate how many gallons he drank in one week.
c. About how many days altogether will it take him to drink 20 gallons?
Lesson 25:
Date:

7/4/13
2.G.24
Lesson 26 52
Lesson 26
Objective: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating
quotients, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point, and making
Fluency Practice
Concept Development
Application Problem
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(31 minutes)
(7 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(4 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Estimate the Quotient 5.NBT.7
(4 minutes)

Note: This drill prepares students for estimating decimal quotients
during the Concept Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 2325 using the
following possible sequence: 10 tenths, 90 tenths, 93 tenths,
100 tenths, 800 tenths, 483 tenths, 9 hundredths, 10
hundredths, 90 hundredths, 97 hundredths, 100 hundredths,
900 hundredths, 970 hundredths, 1,000 hundredths, 8,000
hundredths, 8,417 hundredths, and 5,946 hundredths.

NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
Because unit form can be used, the
only moment the decimal point is
necessary is when representing the
quotient. This allows students to use
their work with whole number division
to support them as they transition into
decimal division.
Drills such as Rename Tenths and
Hundredths support the smooth
movement between unit form and
standard form.
Lesson 26:
Date:
Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating quotients,

reasoning about the placement of the decimal point, and making
7/4/13

2.G.25
Lesson 26 52
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 25 using the following possible sequence: 1.2 3, 1.2 30, 9.6 3,
9.6 30, 8 4, 8 40, 0.45 5, and 0.45 50.
Estimate the Quotient (4 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 15.4 32 =.) Say the division sentence in unit form.

154 tenths 32.
Say the divisor rounded to the nearest ten.
30.
Name the multiple of 30 thats closest to 154.
150.
On your boards, write a division equation to find the estimated quotient.
(Write 150 tenths 30 = 5 tenths = 0.5.)
Repeat process using the following possible sequence: 2.53 43 and 29.8 31.

Problems 12
904 32
456 16
In preparation for this set, teachers should have the
algorithm for both problems completed beforehand,
though solved only to the point of the solution being 28
with a remainder of 8 ones.
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
1.
2.
(Write 1: 904 32 and 2: 456 16 on the

board.) Partner A work on Problem 1, and
Partner B work Problem 2. Estimate, solve, and
check, but share your work with your partner
after each step. (Allow time for students to
solve.)
Say the quotient and remainder for Problem 1.
28 remainder 8.
(Write an equal sign next to Problem 1, and record the quotient with remainder.) Say the quotient
and remainder for Problem 2.
28 remainder 8.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.26
Lesson 26 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
(Write an equal sign next to Problem 2, and record the quotient with remainder.) What do you
notice about these quotients and remainders?
They are the same. The quotient is the same and the remainder is the same.
Since the quotients and remainders are the same, does
that necessarily mean the two division expressions are
equivalent? Is 904 32 = 456 16 a true equation?
Turn and talk.
If the answer is the same, the expression must be
equal too. Yes, the answer is the same. Like
2 + 2 =4, and 3 + 1 = 4, so 2 + 2 = 3 + 1. Im not
really sure. Since the divisor is different, Im
wondering if the remainder means something
different.
(Show students the completed algorithms.) Lets go
back to Problem 1. We stopped dividing when we had
8 ones. Can we decompose 8 ones into a smaller unit
that would allow us to continue to divide?
8 ones is equal to 80 tenths!
This is true. Is there a digit in the tenths place of 904?
(Point to the empty area next to the ones place.)
No, there are no tenths.
True, but I can name 904 as 9040 tenths. Lets put a
decimal point next to the 4 ones and a zero in the
tenths place. (Place the decimal and zero in the
dividend.) Can you see the 9040 tenths now?
Yes.
Did I change the value of 904?
No.
(Point to the zero in the dividend, then write 80 tenths
in the algorithm.) So now we will rename our 8 ones
as 80 tenths. Is this enough to divide by 32 or must we
regroup again?
Its enough. We can divide.
Tell me how you estimate 80 tenths 32.
60 tenths 30 = 2 tenths. 80 tenths 40.
Watch where we record 2 tenths in the quotient. Why was it necessary to include the decimal in the
quotient?
These are tenths. Without the decimal, we wont know the value of the 2. If you leave out the
decimal, it looks like the 2 means 2 ones instead of 2 tenths.
What is 2 tenths times 32?
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.27
Lesson 26 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
64 tenths.
80 tenths 64 tenths equals?
16 tenths.
Can we make another group of 32 or must we
decompose?
NOTES ON
We need to decompose 16 tenths into 160
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
hundredths.
REPRESENTATION:
What digit is in the hundredths place of 904?
Allow students to use their own
There is no digit there.
estimates in their quotient. In the
(Write 0 in the hundredths place.) Does this zero
given example, the initial underchange the amount in our whole?
estimate of 4 hundredths meant
recording one more group above the
No.
first estimate. The goal is developing
Now we can divide 160 hundredths by 32. Tell me how
the strategic thinking to make the
youll estimate 160 hundredths 32.
successive approximations in the
150 hundredths 30 = 5 hundredths. 160 40 = 4
division process and the steps
necessary to adjust those
hundredths.
approximations when needed.
Good estimates. I estimated using 150 30, so Im
Please see G5M2Lesson 21 for
going to record a 5 in the hundredths place. What is 5
alternate methods of recording the
hundredths times 32?
extra group.
160 hundredths.
How many hundredths remain?
Zero hundredths.
So, what is the quotient?
28.25.
Lets use the same process to divide in Problem 2. As in Problem 1, we stopped dividing with 8 ones
remaining. What can we do to continue to divide?
We can decompose the remaining 8 ones into 80 tenths just like before.
Yes! We record a zero in the tenths place of the whole. What is 80 tenths divided by 16? Tell me
how youll estimate.
80 tenths 20 = 4 tenths. 16 is close to the midpoint so it could be 5.
Ill record a 4 in the tenths place of the quotient. What is 4 tenths 16?
64 tenths.
80 tenths 64 tenths equals?
16 tenths.
Can we make another group of 16 or must we decompose to make smaller units?
We have enough tenths to make another group of 16. We can make one more group, so we dont
need to decompose yet.
What is one tenth more than the 4 we have?
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.28
Lesson 26 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
5 tenths.
Lets adjust our quotient. Cross out the 4 in the tenths place of the quotient and write a 5. What is 1
tenth 16?
16 tenths.
How many tenths remain?
Zero tenths.
What is the quotient?
28.5.
Talk to your neighbor about what you notice about the quotients of Problems 1 and 2 now.
They arent equal. 28.5 is more than 28.25. Since the quotients are different, the division
expressions are not equal to each other. Its like two different fractions. 8 sixteenths is greater
than 8 thirty-secondths.
The remainder is 5 tenths in one problem and 25 hundredths in the other.
We can write: 904 32 456 16.
Problem 3
834.6 26
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Write 834.6 26.) Ill work on the board. You work

on your personal board. Can we divide 8 hundreds by
26?
No, we have to decompose 8 hundreds as tens.
How many tens do we have?
83 tens.
Tell me how youll estimate 83 tens 26.
Record 3 in the tens place of the quotient. What is
3 tens 26?
78 tens.
How many tens remain?
5 tens.
Divide or decompose into smaller units?
Decompose 5 tens into 50 ones.
Plus the 4 ones in the whole, is how many ones?
54 ones.
Tell me you how youll estimate 54 ones 26.
(Record 2 ones in the quotient.) What is 2 ones 26?
52 ones.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.29
Lesson 26 52
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:

2 ones.
Can we divide again or must we decompose?
We need to decompose 2 ones to 20 tenths.
Plus the 6 tenths in our whole, makes how many tenths?
26 tenths.
What is 26 tenths 26?
One tenth.
How will I show one tenth in the quotient? Turn and talk.
Put a decimal point next to the 2 in the ones place then put the 1 in the tenths place.
Yes! What is 1 tenth 26?
26 tenths.
Zero tenths.
32.1.
How many tenths is that?
321 tenths.
Work with a partner to check with multiplication.
What is 321 tenths times 26?
834.6.
Problem 4
48.36 39
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
(Write 48.36 39 on the board.) Before dividing, lets

reason about what our quotient might be. Show me
how youll estimate 48.36 39.
40 ones 40 = 1 one.
Is 1 a reasonable estimate? It looks like our whole has
four digits. How could the quotient be only 1? Turn
and talk.
Yes, there is only 1 group of 39 in 48. Yes, because
its basically 48 39 and that will be like 1 group of 39
and a little bit more, but not enough for 2 groups of 39.
Work with a partner to solve. As you finish each step
of the division process, share your thinking with a
partner. Check your final answer with multiplication.
Say the complete division sentence with the quotient.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.30
Lesson 26 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
48.36 39 = 1.24.
Is the actual quotient reasonable considering the estimating you did previously?
Yes, our estimated quotient was 1.
Did you check your work?
Problem 5
8.61 41
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
(Write 8.61 41 on the board.) Before dividing, lets

reason about what our quotient might be. Will our
quotient be more than 1 or less than 1? How do you
know?
Less than one. There are only 8 ones, and that is not
nearly enough to make a group of 41. It should be a
lot less than one. We cant divide 8 by 41 without
regrouping. Our first digit will be tenths and thats less
than 1.
Since there will be no ones in our quotient, what will we record in the ones place?
A zero.
Keep that in mind as you work independently to solve. Continue to reason as you work through the
division process. Share your work with a neighbor after each digit you record in the quotient.
(Solve while teacher circulates and supports where necessary.)
Say the complete division sentence with the quotient.
8.61 41 = 0.21.
Check your work.
Lets talk for a moment about the placement of our decimal in the quotient. Does the placement of
the decimal in the quotient make sense? Why or why not?
It does make sense. It couldnt be put between the 2 and the 1 because we said our answer had to
be less than 1 when we started. It couldnt be after the 1 because that would be way too big and
wouldnt make sense at all. No way could you have 21 groups of 41 made from 8 ones. If the
divisor was 4, the quotient would be around 2, but its 10 times larger than that so wed need to
divide again by 10 which makes 2 tenths. Our quotient is very reasonable, and the decimal could
only go where we put it. When we check, we can also see if our decimal was placed correctly. If
its not, the product in our check wont be the same as our whole.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.31
Lesson 26 52

Find the whole number quotient and remainder of the following two expressions:
201 12
729 45
Use >, <, or = to complete this sentence: 201 12

_____ 729 45, and justify your answer using decimal
quotients.
Note: This question provides another opportunity for
students to explore the idea that whole number with
remainder quotients, with the same digits, are not
necessarily equivalent. Finding decimal quotients is one
way to get a more precise comparison.


Lesson Objective: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit
divisors, estimating quotients, reasoning about the
placement of the decimal point, and making
Explain how you could prove the equivalence of

two division expressions with the same whole
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.32
Lesson 26 52
number quotients and remainders.

Turn to a partner and compare your work and
your thinking for Problem 1(b). Take the
necessary time here for students to compare
approaches. Possibly, give the students the
following challenge: Is it possible to create a
pair of division problems whose quotient and
whole number remainder look equal and
actually are equal when decimal division is
used?
Explain how you check to see if your quotients
decimal point is placed reasonably.
How did the Application Problem connect to
todays lesson?
How does your knowledge of multiplication
facts help you with finding a reasonable
estimate?

Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.33
Name
Date
1. 156 24 and 102 15 both have a quotient of 6 and a remainder of 12.

a. Are the division expressions equivalent to each other? Use your knowledge of decimal division to
justify your answer.
b. Construct your own division problem with a two-digit divisor that has a quotient of 6 and a remainder
of 12 but is not equivalent to the problems in 1(a).
2. Divide, then check your work with multiplication.

a. 36.14 13
e. 249.6 52
b. 62.79 23
f.
c. 12.21 11
g. 300.9 59
d. 6.89 13
h. 30.09 59
Lesson 26:
Date:
24.96 52

7/4/13

2.G.34
3. The weight of 72 identical marbles is 183.6 grams. What is the weight of each marble? Explain how you
know the decimal point of your quotient is placed reasonably.
4. Cameron wants to measure the length of his classroom using his foot as a length unit. His teacher tells
him the length of the classroom is 23 meters. Cameron steps across the classroom heel to toe and finds
that it takes him 92 steps. How long is Camerons foot in meters?
5. A blue rope is three times as long as a red rope. A green rope is 5 times as long as the blue rope. If the
total length of the three ropes is 508.25 meters, what is the length of the blue rope?
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.35
Name
Date
1. Estimate. Then, divide using the standard algorithm and check.

a. 45.15 21
b. 14.95 65
2. We learned today that division expressions that have the same quotient and remainders are not
necessarily equal to each other. Explain how this is possible.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.36
Name
Date
1. Create two whole number division problems that have a quotient of 9 and a remainder of 5. Justify which
is greater using decimal division.
2. Divide, then check your work with multiplication.

a. 75.9 22
c. 77.14 38
b. 97.28 19
d. 12.18 29
3. Divide.
a. 5,224 43
b. 1,908 36
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.37
4. Use the quotients in Problem 3 to write the quotients for the following. Explain how you decided where
to place the decimal in the quotient.
a. 522.4 43 = ____________________
52.24 43 = ___________________
b.
19.08 36 = _________________
190.8 36 = _________________
5. The height of Burj Dubai, the tallest building in the world (2013), has a total of 162 stories. If the building
is 828 meters tall, about how many meters tall is each story?
6. Elaine has a desktop that is 4.5 feet by 5.5 feet, and she is going to cover it with patches of wallpaper that
each measure 18 inches wide and 24 inches long.
How many patches will Elaine need to cover the entire desktop? Justify your answer.
Lesson 26:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.38
Lesson 27 52
Lesson 27
Objective: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating
quotients, reasoning about the placement of the decimal point, and making
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(5 minutes)
(33 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(3 minutes)
(4 minutes)
Divide Decimals by Two-Digit Numbers 5.NBT.7
(5 minutes)

Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 25 using the following possible sequence: 1.2 6, 1.2 60, 8.4 4,
8.4 40, 6 3, 6 60, 0.32 4, and 0.32 40.

Note: This drill reviews unit conversions and prepares students for problem solving in G5M2Lessons 28
and 29.
T:
S:
(Write 1 liter = ___ mL.) How many milliliters are in 1 liter?

1,000 milliliters.
Repeat the process for 1 ft = __ in, 1 kg = __ g, and 1 lb = __ oz.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.39
Lesson 27 52
T:
S:
(Write 0.732 liters = ___ mL.) On your boards, write an equation to solve, and then show how many
milliliters are in 0.732 liters.
(Write 0.732 1,000 = 732 and 0.732 liters = 732 mL.)
Repeat the process using the following possible sequence: 0.037 liters = __ mL, 0.537 kg = __ g, and
0.04 kg = __ g.
Divide Decimals by Two-Digit Numbers (5 minutes)

T:
S:
T:
(Write 83.03 23.) On your boards, write a division equation to estimate the quotient.
(Write 80 20 = 4.)
Use the algorithm to solve.
Repeat process using the following possible sequence: 6.76 13, 12.43 11, and 65.94 21.

Michael has 567 pennies, Jorge has 464, and Jaime has
661. If the pennies are shared equally by the 3 boys and
33 of their classmates, how much money will each
classmate receive? Express your final answer in dollars.
Note: This problem invites different ways of working with the quantities, either as decimals or whole
numbers, at different stages of the problem. Students might place the decimal point at the very end of their
work or as they add from the beginning. Have them share their approach and express their dollar amounts as
decimal units, too.

Problem 1
In a 77 kilometer relay race, each of 22 team members runs an equal distance. How many kilometers does
each team member run?
77 22
T:
S:
T:
Write a division equation to solve for the number of

kilometers run by each team member.
(Work.) 77 22.
(Using the standard algorithm, write 77 22 on the
board.) Lets solve together. Tell me how youll
estimate.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.40
Lesson 27 52
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
S:
What is 3 ones times 22?
NOTES ON
66 ones.
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ACTION AND
11 ones.
EXPRESSION:
Decompose 11 ones. How many tenths is that?
Students should continue to be
110 tenths.
encouraged to interpret remainders
and decimal portions of quotients.
Tell your neighbor how youll show the zero tenths in
Challenge students with the following
the whole.
questions:
Ill write a decimal point and a zero in the tenths place
How many kilometers would need to
next to the 7 ones in 77.
be added to the race for each runner
Now divide 110 tenths by 22. Tell me how youll
to run a 4 kilometer distance? A 4.5
estimate.
kilometer? A 5 kilometer?
100 tenths 20 = 5 tenths.
Change the context of the problem
so that the interpretation of the
What is 5 tenths 22?
remainder must change.
110 tenths.
77 students need to board buses.
The buses have 22 seats. How
many buses are needed?
Zero tenths.
22 students will share 77
t-shirts. How many students
3.5.
could receive more than 1 shirt?
So how many kilometers will each team member run
during the race?
Each team member will run 3 and 5 tenths kilometers.
Is your answer reasonable? What is 5 tenths kilometer as meters?
500 meters!
What fraction of a kilometer is 500 meters?
Half! So each runner ran 3 and a half kilometers. 3.5 kilometers is the same as 3 kilometers
and 500 meters or 3 and a half kilometers.
Problem 2
A vial contains 14.7 mL of serum that is then split equally
into 21 tiny containers. How much serum is in each new
container?
14.7
21
T:
S:
Work with a partner to write a division equation

that matches this story problem.
(Work.) 14.7 21.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.41
Lesson 27 52
T:
(Using the standard algorithm, write 14.7 21 on the board.)

Before dividing, lets reason about what our quotient might
be. Will there be more than 1 mL in each container or less
NOTES ON
than 1 mL? Justify your thinking.
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
S: It will have to be less than 1 mL because there are more
ACTION AND
containers than mL of serum. To have 1 mL in each
EXPRESSION:
container, there would have to be 21 mL of serum. We only
Many lessons, including this one,
have about 15.
require students to understand and
use precise vocabulary. You can help
T: Great reasoning. Now tell me how you will estimate
students gain familiarity with new
14.7 21 numerically.
words by displaying them on posters.
S: 140 tenths 20 = 7 tenths.
There are several ways to make
T: Work with a partner to solve.
posters more effective:
T: What is the quotient?
Be judicious when deciding how
many posters to display. If there are
S: 0.7.
too many, students tend not to see
T: Is our actual quotient reasonable? Does the placement of
them.
the decimal make sense?
Place the posters in odd places, such
S: Yes, its the exact same as the estimated quotient. We
as on the floor in the doorway or in
said we should have less than 1 mL, and we did. If the
the washroom. This may capture
decimal was behind the 7 it wouldnt make sense because
attention.
that would be 7 mL in each container. It couldnt have
Try to use pictures or graphics
been 7 hundredths. If the divisor had been 2, then the
instead of wordy definitions.
answer would be 7. We had 21, which is about 10 times as
When a student is struggling for a
large, so we had to divide by 10 which is 7 tenths not 7
precise word, point to a poster. This
hundredths.
shows students that posters can be
support materials.
T: Did you check your work?
S: Yes.
T: Answer the question using a complete sentence.
S: Zero and 7 tenths milliliters of serum is in each tiny container.
The same context may be repeated for the following: 22.47 21. This problem requires the recording of a
zero in the quotient.
Problem 3
The surface area of a rectangular piece of construction paper is
140.25 square inches. If the papers length is 17 inches, what is the
width?
140.25
T:
S:
17
What equation would you use to solve this problem?
(Work.) 140.25 17.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.42
Lesson 27 52
T:
S:
T:
T:
S:
T:
S:
(Using the standard algorithm, write 140.25 17 on the

board.) Before dividing, lets reason about what our quotient
might be. Tell me how youll estimate 140.25 17.
140 ones 20 = 7 ones.
Work independently to solve this problem. Share your work with a neighbor after each step in the
division process.
What is the quotient?
8.25.
Answer the question using a complete sentence.
The other side of the paper was 8 and 25 hundredths inches long.


Lesson Objective: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit
divisors, estimating quotients, reasoning about the
placement of the decimal point, and making connections
to a written method.
partner before going over answers as a class.
Look for misconceptions or misunderstandings that can be addressed in the Debrief. Guide students in a
conversation to debrief the Problem Set and process the lesson. You may choose to use any combination of
When dividing a decimal by a two-digit divisor, when is it useful to think of decimals in various units?
(During estimation, it can be easier to think of a whole number as an equivalent amount of smaller
units.)
Discuss the multi-step problems in the Problem Set. Ask students to explain how they knew their
placement of the decimal point was reasonable, how they knew their quotient was reasonable, and
how to interpret the decimal portion of the quotient.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.43
Lesson 27 52
The quotients for Problem 1(e) and (f) are the

same. Divide them again and express the
remainders as whole numbers. What do you
notice? Are the division equations equal to each
other? Why or why not?
We expressed our remainders today using
decimals. Does it always make sense to do this?
Give an example of a situation where a whole
number remainder makes more sense? Do you
notice a pattern to these examples?

the students.
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.44
Name
Date
1. Divide. Check your work with multiplication.

a. 5.6 16
d. 36 24
g. 5.4 15
b. 21 14
e. 81 54
h. 16.12 52
c. 24 48
f.
i.
15.6 15
2.8 16
2. 30.48 kg of beef was placed into 24 packages of equal weight. What is the weight of one package of
beef?
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.45
3. What is the length of a rectangle whose width is 17 inches and whose area is 582.25 in2?
4. A soccer coach spent $162 dollars on 24 pairs of socks for his players. How much did five pairs of socks
cost?
5. A craft club makes 95 identical paperweights to sell. They collect $230.85 from selling all the
paperweights. If the profit the club collects on each paperweight is two times as much as the cost to
make each one, what does it cost the club to make each paperweight?
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.46
Name
Date
1. Divide
a. 28 32
b. 1,201.68 24
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.47
Name
Date
1. Divide and check.

a. 7 28
c. 6.5 13
e. 561.68 28
b. 51 25
d. 132.16 16
f.
604.8 36
2. In a science class, students water a plant with the same amount of water each day for 28 consecutive
days. If the students use a total of 23.8 liters of water over the 28 days, how many liters of water did they
use each day? How many milliliters did they use each day?
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.48
3. A seamstress has a piece of cloth that is 3 yards long. She cuts it into shorter lengths of 16 inches each.
How many of the shorter pieces can she cut?
4. Jenny filled 12 pitchers with an equal amount of lemonade in each. The total amount of lemonade in the
12 pitchers was 41.4 liters. How much lemonade would be in 7 pitchers?
Lesson 27:
Date:

7/4/13

2.G.49
GRADE
GRADE 5 MODULE 2
Topic H
Measurement Word Problems with

Multi-Digit Division
5.NBT.6
Focus Standard:
5.NBT.6
Instructional Days:
G4M3
G6M2
-Links to:
In Topic H, students apply the work of the module to solve multi-step word problems using multi-digit division
(5.NBT.6). Cases include unknowns representing either the group size or number of groups. In this topic, an
emphasis on checking the reasonableness of their solutions draws on skills learned throughout the module,
which includes using knowledge of place value, rounding, and estimation. Students relate calculations to
reasoning about division through a variety of strategies including place value, properties of operations,
equations, and area models.
A Teaching Sequence Towards Mastery of Measurement Word Problems with Multi-Digit Division
Objective 1: Solve division word problems involving multi-digit division with group size unknown and the
number of groups unknown.
(Lessons 2829)
Topic H:
Date:
Measurement Word Problems with Multi-Digit Division

7/4/13
2.H.1
Lesson 28 52
Lesson 28
Objective: Solve division word problems involving multi-digit division with
Fluency Practice
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(12 minutes)
(38 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

Sprint: Divide Decimals by Multiples of 10 5. NBT.7
(9 minutes)
(3 minutes)
Sprint: Divide Decimals by Multiples of 10 (9

minutes)
Materials: (S) Divide Decimals by Multiples of 10 Sprint
Note: This Sprint will build automaticity of G5M2Lesson 24s
content.

NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
ENGAGEMENT:
Some students may still need support
while dividing in the standard
algorithm. Refer to G5M2Lessons
2127 for help with guiding children
through the algorithm using place
value language.
Note: This drill will review unit conversions and prepare

students for problem solving in the Concept Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 27 for each unit conversion, varying number that students need to
compute.
Lesson 28:
Date:
Solve division word problems involving multi-digit division with

7/4/13
2.H.2
Lesson 28 52

Materials: (S) Problem Set
Suggested Delivery of Instruction for Solving Topic Hs Word Problems

1. Model the problem.
Have two pairs of student who you think can be successful with modeling the problem work at the board
while the others work independently or in pairs at their seats. Review the following questions before
beginning the first problem:
Can you draw something?

What can you draw?
What conclusions can you make from your drawing?
As students work, circulate. Reiterate the questions above. After two minutes, have the two pairs of
students share only their labeled diagrams. For about one minute, have the demonstrating students receive
and respond to feedback and questions from their peers.
2. Calculate to solve and write a statement.
Give everyone two minutes to finish work on that question, sharing their work and thinking with a peer. All
should then write their equations and statements of the answer.
3. Assess the solution for reasonableness.
Give students one to two minutes to assess and explain the reasonableness of their solution.
Note: In G5M2Lessons 1719, the Problem Set will be comprised of the word problems from the lesson
and is therefore to be used during the lesson itself.
Problem 1
Ava is saving for a new computer that costs $1,218. She has already saved half of the money. Ava earns
$14.00 per hour. How many hours must Ava work in order to save the rest of the money?
This two-step equal groups with number of groups unknown problem is a step forward for students as they
divide the total in half and use their decimal division
skills to divide 609 by 14 to find the number of hours
Ava needs to work. In this case, the divisor
represents the size of the unit. As you circulate,
look for other alternate modeling strategies which
can be quickly mentioned or explored more deeply
as per your professional judgment.
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.3
Lesson 28 52
After the students have solved the problem, ask them to check their answer for reasonableness.
T:
How can you know if 43.5 is a reasonable answer? Discuss with your partner.
Problem 2
Michael has a collection of 1,404 sports cards. He hopes to sell the collection in packs of 36 cards and make
$633.75 when all the packs are sold. If each pack is priced the same, how much should Michael charge per
pack?
This two-step equal groups with number of groups
unknown problem involves both whole number
and decimal division. Students must first find the
number of packs of cards, and then find the price
per each pack. In the whole number division, the
divisor represents the size of the unit: How many
groups of 36 cards? While in the decimal division,
the 39 packs of cards are sharing the total
amount of money: How much money in each
group? Because the accuracy of the second
quotient is determined by the accuracy of the
first, students may wish to check the first division
before moving to the second.
After students have solved the problem, ask them to check their answer for reasonableness.
T:
S:
T:
S:
T:
How can you know your answer of $16.25 is reasonable?

I thought about the money as $640 and the number of packs as 40. Thats like 64 4 which is 16.
My estimate of the number of packs was 1 more than the actual, so it made sense that each pack
would cost more money and $16.25 is really close to $16.
Did you check your first division before moving on to your second? Why or why not?
I did check to be sure I had the right number of thirty-sixes. I knew if I didnt have the right number
of packs, my price for each would be off. I didnt check until the end, but I did check both my
divisions.
Compare the meaning of the divisors for these two different division equations.
Problem 3
Jim Nasium is building a tree house for his two
daughters. He cuts 12 pieces of wood from a board
that is 128 inches long. He cuts 5 pieces that
measure 15.75 inches each, and 7 pieces evenly cut
from what is left. Jim calculates that due to the
width of his cutting blade, he will lose a total of 2
inches of wood after making all the cuts. What is
the length of each of the seven pieces?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.4
Lesson 28 52
Careful drawing is essential for success in this three-step equal groups with group size unknown problem, as it
requires students to first subtract the 2 inches lost to the blades kerf and then subtract the total from the 5
larger pieces cut. This remaining wood is then divided into 7 parts and the length is found for each, the
divisor representing the number of units.
T:
T:
How can you be sure your final answer is reasonable?

How did you organize your work so that you could keep track of all the different steps? Compare
your organization with that of your partner.
Problem 4
A load of bricks is twice as heavy as a load of sticks. The total weight of 4 loads of bricks and 4 loads of sticks
is 771 kilograms. What is the total weight of 1 load of bricks and 3 loads of sticks?
The new complexity of this equal groups with group size unknown problem is that students must take into
account the number of units that must be used to represent the weight of the bricks, and then account for
those units when choosing the number of units to multiply by 64.25. Alternatively, after identifying the value
of the base unit, in the final step students might calculate the weight of a single load of bricks and a single
load of sticks, multiply the bricks by 3 and then add. Also, the division of two whole numbers results in a
decimal. Students must rename ones as tenths and tenths as hundredths, placing additional zeros in the
dividend. In this situation, the divisor represents the number of units. After solving and assessing the
solution for reasonableness, consider the following questions:
T:
S:
T:
What was the first thing that you drew? What did one unit represent in your model?
I drew 1 unit for the load of sticks
and 2 units for the load of bricks,
and then drew the other boxes as
I counted out the rest of the loads
of bricks and sticks. I knew
that the brick units would be
twice as many as the stick units
because they were the same
number of loads of bricks and
sticks. I just drew 4 units for the
loads of sticks and then doubled
them for the loads of bricks.
Compare your approach to finding the total weight of 3 loads of bricks and 1 load of sticks to your
partners.
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.5
Lesson 28 52


Lesson Objective: Solve division word problems involving
multi-digit division with group size unknown and the
How are the problems alike? How are they

different?
How was your solution the same and different
from those that were demonstrated?
Did you see other solutions that surprised you or
made you see the problem differently?
Why should we assess reasonableness after
solving?
Sort the problems into those in which the group
size unknown and those in which the size of the
groups was unknown. There may be problems
which must be placed into both categories.
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.6
Lesson 28 52

Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.7
Lesson 28:
Date:
Lesson 28 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.H.8
Lesson 28:
Date:
Lesson 28 Sprint 52

7/4/13
2.H.9
Name
Date
1. Ava is saving for a new computer that costs $1,218. She has already saved half of the money. Ava earns
$14.00 per hour. How many hours must Ava work in order to save the rest of the money?
2. Michael has a collection of 1,404 sports cards. He hopes to sell the collection in packs of 36 cards and
make $633.75 when all the packs are sold. If each pack is priced the same, how much should Michael
charge per pack?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.10
3. Jim Nasium is building a tree house for his two daughters. He cuts 12 pieces of wood from a board that is
128 inches long. He cuts 5 pieces that measure 15.75 inches each, and 7 pieces evenly cut from what is
left. Jim calculates that due to the width of his cutting blade, he will lose a total of 2 inches of wood after
making all of the cuts. What is the length of each of the seven pieces?
4. A load of bricks is twice as heavy as a load of sticks. The total weight of 4 loads of bricks and 4 loads of
sticks is 771 kilograms. What is the total weight of 1 load of bricks and 3 loads of sticks?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.11
Name
Date
Solve this problem and show all your work.

1. Kenny is ordering uniforms for both the girls and boys tennis clubs. He is ordering shirts for 43 players
and two coaches at a total cost of $658.35. In addition, he is ordering visors for each player at a total cost
of $368.51. How much will each player pay for the shirt and visor?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.12
Name
Date
1. Mr. Rice needs to replace the 166.25 ft of edging on the flower beds in his backyard. The edging is sold in
length of 19 ft each. How many lengths of edging will he need to purchase?
2. Olivia is making granola bars and will use 17.9 oz of pistachios, 12.6 oz of almonds, 12.5 oz of sunflower
seeds, and 12.5 oz of cashews. This amount makes 25 bars. What is the total amount of nuts in each
bar?
3. Adam has 16.45 kg of flour and he uses 6.4 kg to make hot cross buns. The remaining flour is exactly
enough to make 15 batches of scones. How much flour will be in each batch?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.13
4. There are 90 fifth grade students going on a field trip. Each one pays the teacher $9.25 to cover
admission to the theater and lunch. Admission for the students will cost $315 and each one gets and
equal amount to spend on lunch. How much will each fifth grader be able to spend on lunch?
5. Ben is making math manipulatives to sell. He needs to make at least $450. Each manipulative costs $18
to make. He is selling them for $30 each. What is the minimum number he can sell to reach his goal?
Lesson 28:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.14
Lesson 29 52
Lesson 29
Objective: Solve division word problems involving multi-digit division with
Fluency Practice
Application Problem
Concept Development
Student Debrief
Total Time
(10 minutes)
(8 minutes)
(32 minutes)
(10 minutes)
(60 minutes)

(3 minutes)
Divide Decimals by Two-Digit Numbers 5.NBT.7
(7 minutes)

Note: This drill will review unit conversions and prepare students for problem solving in the Concept
Development.
Repeat the process from G5M2Lessons 27 and 28 for each unit conversion, varying numbers that students
need to compute.
Divide Decimals by Two-Digit Numbers (7 minutes)

Repeat the process from G5M2Lesson 27 for possible sequence: 8.61 21, 4.9 14, and 24 16.
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.15
Lesson 29 52

A one-year (52-week) subscription to a weekly magazine is $39.95. Greg calculates that he would save
$219.53 if he subscribed to the magazine instead of purchasing it each week at the store. What is the price of
the individual magazine at the store?
Note: This Application Problem uses concepts from G5Module 1 in
the first step of the problem and division of decimals with group size
unknown from Module 2 in the second step of the problem. A tape
diagram or place value chart can be used to add the decimals and a
tape diagram is the ideal strategy to represent the division.
$259.48 52 is best solved through estimation, as the dividend can
be estimated as an easily identifiable multiple of 50. However, if it is
deemed that more time is needed for Concept Development, the
Application Problem may be used for homework or journal entry.

Materials: (S) Problem Set
Note: G5M2Lesson 29 is a continuation of the problem solving from G5M2Lesson 26. It is suggested
that delivery of todays lesson follow that of Lesson 28. It is also acceptable to allow students as much
independence in solving as is appropriate for your particular student population.
Problem 1
Lamar has 1354.5 kilograms of potatoes to deliver in equal amounts to 18 stores. 12 of the stores are in the
Bronx. How many kilograms of potatoes will be delivered to stores in the Bronx?
Before solving:
T: Will the amount delivered to the stores in the Bronx be more or less than half of the total amount of
potatoes delivered? How do you know?
S: More than half because more than half of the stores are in the Bronx.
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.16
Lesson 29 52
This two-step equal groups with group size unknown problem requires first dividing to find the value of one
unit and then multiplying to find the value of 12 of those units.
T:
T:
S:
How can you know that your final answer is reasonable? Was the amount delivered to the Bronx
stores more than half of the total?
How did you determine if your decimal was placed reasonably in your product?
I was multiplying by 12. I knew that my answer needed to be more than 750 but less than 7,500.
The only place that made sense to put the decimal made the answer 903 not 90.3 or 9,030. I
mentally multiplied 75.25 by 100 to make it 7,525 hundredths before I multiplied by 12. I knew I
needed to adjust my product by dividing by 100 at the end.
Problem 2
Valerie uses 12 oz of detergent each week for her
laundry. If there are 75 oz of detergent in the bottle, in
MP.2 how many weeks will she need to buy a new bottle of
detergent? Explain how you know.
The interpretation of the remainder in this single-step
equal groups with number of groups unknown problem
requires that students recognize the need to buy the
detergent in 6 weeks. Although there will be a small
amount of detergent left after the sixth week, there is
not enough to do a seventh week of laundry.
After solving and assessing reasonableness:
T: The quotient was more than 6, why cant Valerie wait another week before buying detergent?
S: The quotient is the number of weeks that the detergent will last. It will last a little more than 6
weeks, but that means she wont have enough for all the laundry in the seventh week. To have
enough for 7 weeks, the detergent bottle would need to hold 7 12 oz which is 84 oz. Its less than
that so she has to buy after 6 weeks.
Problems 34
Problem 3: The area of a rectangle is 56.96 m2. If the length is 16 m, what is its perimeter?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.17
Lesson 29 52
Problem 4: A city block is 3 times as long as it is wide. If the total distance around the block is 0.48
kilometers, what is the area of the block in square meters?
Problems 3 and 4 require students to apply their knowledge of

area and perimeter to find missing sides using division, and then
use that information to answer the question. In Problem 3, area
information must be used to find perimeter, and in Problem 4,
perimeter must be used to find area. In both cases, students
must account for the existence of 2 pairs of equal sides in their
calculations. In Problem 3, students may find it more helpful to
draw a rectangle rather than a tape diagram. However, the 3
times as long relationship in Problem 4 might be better
modeled using a tape diagram. An added complexity of
Problem 4 is the need to convert between kilometers and
meters.
NOTES ON
MULTIPLE MEANS OF
REPRESENTATION:
When using a tape diagram that is
divided into to more than 10 equal
parts, encourage students to use dot,
dot, dot to indicate the uniformity of
the equal parts in the tape diagram to
save time and space. For students who
are having difficulty with the tape
diagram or calculations, it is better to
work with smaller numbers that allow
for a greater understanding of the
concept when modeled.
After solving and assessing reasonableness:

T: Find someone whose drawing looks different than
yours for Problem 3 or 4. Compare your approaches.
T: How are these two problems alike and how are they
different?
S: Both are about rectangles with missing information. One asks for area and the other asks for
perimeter. You have to remember how to find area and perimeter and find out the missing side
before you can answer the question.
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.18
Lesson 29 52


Lesson Objective: Solve division word problems involving
multi-digit division with group size unknown and the
below to lead the discussion. As there is so much time
given to debriefing each individual problem in the set, the
culminating questions for todays lesson are brief.
Compare Problems 3 and 4 and Problems 1 and 2.

Students may note the following:
A bar model is not as helpful as a picture of
the rectangles in Problem 3.
In Problems 3 and 4, it is harder to say if the
divisor is the number of groups or the size of
the group.
All four problems involve measurement.
What did the divisor represent in each equation?
What did the unknown represent for each? How
did that change the model you drew? Which is
easier to draw?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.19
Lesson 29 52

Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.20
Name
Date
1. Lamar has 1,354.5 kilograms of potatoes to deliver to 18 stores. 12 of the stores are in the Bronx. How
many kilograms of potatoes will be delivered to stores in the Bronx?
2. Valerie uses 12 oz of detergent each week for her laundry. If there are 75 oz of detergent in the bottle, in
how many weeks will she need to buy a new bottle of detergent? Explain how you know.
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.21
3. The area of a rectangle is 56.96 m2 . If the length is 16 m, what is its perimeter?
4. A city block is 3 times as long as it is wide. If the distance around the block is 0.48 kilometers, what is the
area of the block in square meters?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.22
Name
Date
Solve.
Hayley borrowed $1,854 from her parents. She agreed to repay them in equal installments over the next 18
months. How much will Hayley still owe her parents after a year?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.23
Name
Date
Directions: Solve the word problems using the bar model.

1. Michelle wants to save $150 for a trip to Six Flags Amusement Park. If she saves $12 each week, how
many weeks will it take her to save enough money for the trip?
2. Karen works for 85 hours over a two week period. She earns $1,891.25 over this period. How much does
Karen earn for 8 hours of work?
3. The area of a rectangle is 256.5 m2. If the length is 18 m, what is the perimeter of the rectangle?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.24
4. Tyler baked 702 cookies. He sold them in boxes of 18. After selling all the boxes of cookies, he earned
$136.50. What was the cost of one box of cookies?
5. A park is 4 times as long as it is wide. If the distance around the park is 12.5 kilometers, what is the area
of the park?
Lesson 29:
Date:

7/4/13
2.H.25
Mid-Module Assessment Task
Name
1.
Less
52
3
Date
Fill in the chart.

Words
Expression
The Value of the Expression
a. 50 times the sum of 64 and

36
b. Divide the difference
between 1200 and 700 by 5
c. The sum of 3 fifteens and 17
fifteens
d. 15 times the sum of 14 and 6
e.
10 (250 + 45)
f.
(560 + 440) 14
2. Compare the two expressions using < , > , or =. Explain how you know in the space below each without
calculating.
a. 100 8
25 (4 9)
b. 48 12
50 twelves 3 twelves
c. 24 36
18 twenty-fours, doubled
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.1
Mid-Module Assessment Task Lesson

3. Solve. Use words, numbers, or pictures to explain how your answers to Parts (a) and (b) are related.
a.
25 30 = _____________
b. 2.5 30 = ______ tenths 30 = _________
4. Multiply using the standard algorithm. Show your work below each problem. Write the product in the
blank.
a.
514 33 = ________
b. 546 405 = ________
5. For a field trip, the school bought 47 sandwiches for $4.60 each and 39 bags of chips for $1.25 each. How
much did the school spend in all?
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.2

6.
Jeanne makes hair bows to sell at the craft fair. Each bow requires 1.5 yards of ribbon.
a. At the fabric store, ribbon is sold by the foot. If Jeanne wants to make 84 bows, how many feet of
ribbon must she buy? Show all your work.
b. If the ribbon costs 10 per foot, what is the total cost of the ribbon in dollars? Explain your
reasoning, including how you decided where to place the decimal.
c. A manufacturer is making 1,000 times as many bows as Jeanne to sell in stores nationwide. Write an
expression using exponents to show how many yards of ribbon the manufacturer will need. Do not
calculate the total.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.3

Mid-Module Assessment Task
Standards Addressed
Topics AD

5.OA.1
Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions

with these symbols.
5.OA.2
expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation add 8 and 7,
then multiply by 2 as 2 (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 (18932 + 921) is three times as large
as 18932 + 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.
Understand the place value system.

5.NBT.1
Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as
it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.
5.NBT.2. Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by
powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal
is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to denote powers
of 10.
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7

5.MD.1

Evaluating Student Learning Outcomes

A Progression Toward Mastery is provided to describe steps that illuminate the gradually increasing
understandings that students develop on their way to proficiency. In this chart, this progress is presented
from left (Step 1) to right (Step 4). The learning goal for each student is to achieve Step 4 mastery. These
steps are meant to help teachers and students identify and celebrate what the student CAN do now, and
what they need to work on next.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.4

A Progression Toward Mastery
Assessment
Task Item
1
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
2
5.OA.2
3
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.7
4
5.NBT.5
5
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
STEP 1
Little evidence of
reasoning without
a correct answer.
STEP 2
Evidence of some
reasoning without
a correct answer.
STEP 4
Evidence of solid
reasoning with a
correct answer.
(2 Points)
STEP 3
Evidence of some
reasoning with a
correct answer or
evidence of solid
reasoning with an
incorrect answer.
(3 Points)
(1 Point)
The student is able to
answer one to three
items correctly.

answer four to six
items correctly.

answer eight to ten
items correctly.

answer all 12 items
correctly.
(4 Points)
(See student sample

for correct responses.)
The student is unable
to compare the
expressions.

correctly compare at
least two pairs of
expressions, but is
unable to explain
reasoning.

correctly compare at
least two pairs of
expressions, and is able
to explain reasoning on
some parts of the task.
The student correctly

compares all pairs of
expressions and is able
to explain reasoning for
all parts of the task.

to correctly multiply
either Part (a) or (b)
and makes no attempt
to explain the
relationship between
products.

multiply either Part (a)
or (b) correctly, but
makes no attempt to
explain the relationship
between the products.

correctly multiply both
Parts (a) and (b), and
provides some
explanation of the
relationship between
the products.

multiplies both parts of
the task and provides a
complete explanation
of the relationship
between the products.
The student does not

use the standard
algorithm or any
strategy to multiply
either Part (a) or (b).
The student uses

incorrect reasoning and
neither multiplies nor
adds.
Module 2:
Date:
a.
750
b.
75

use the standard
algorithm, but uses
another strategy to
multiply Part (a) and/or
Part (b).
The student uses the

standard algorithm to
multiply but makes
errors in the partial
products or the final
product.
The student uses the

standard algorithm to
correctly multiply both
Parts (a) and (b).
The student uses

partially correct
reasoning (multiplies
but does not add, or
adds but does not
multiply), and makes
calculation errors.
The student uses

correct reasoning, but
makes calculation
errors.
The student uses

correct and reasoning
and also calculates
total correctly as
$264.95.
a.
16,962
b.
221,130

7/4/13
2.S.5

6
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1
The student uses

incorrect reasoning in
most parts of the task
and is unable to
correctly convert,
calculate, and/or write
an accurate expression.
Module 2:
Date:
The student uses some

correct reasoning, and
is able to answer one
part of the task.
The student uses

correct reasoning, but
makes calculation
errors on part of the
task or writes an
incorrect expression.
The student uses

correct reasoning,
correctly calculates all
parts of the task and
writes a correct
expression.
a.
378 ft
b.
$37.80
c.
84 1.5 10 or
3
84 10 1.5

7/4/13
2.S.6
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.7
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.8
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.9
End-of-Module Assessment Task
Name
Less
52
3
Date
1. Express the missing divisor using a power of 10. Explain your reasoning using a place value model.
a.
5.2 _____ = 0.052
b. 7,650 _______ = 7.65
2. Estimate the quotient by rounding the equation to relate to a one-digit fact. Explain your thinking in the
space below.
a. 432 73
_______
b. 1275 588
_____________
3. Generate and solve another division problem with the same quotient and remainder as the two problems
below. Explain your strategy for creating the new problem.
1 7
Module 2:
Date:
3
6 3
5 1
1 2
4 2
1 3
1 2
1
3
8
6
2

7/4/13
2.S.10
End-of-Module Assessment Task Lesson

4. Sarah says that 26 8 equals 14 4 because both are 3 R2. Explain her mistake using decimal division.
5. A rectangular playground has an area of 3,392 square meters. If the width of the rectangle is 32 m, find
the length.
6. A baker uses 5.5 lb of flour daily.

a. How many ounces of flour will he use in two weeks? Use words, numbers, and pictures to explain
your thinking. (1 lb = 16 oz)
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.11

b. The bakers recipe for a loaf of bread calls for 12 oz of flour. If he uses all of his flour to make loaves
of bread, how many full loaves can he bake in two weeks?
c. The baker sends all his bread to one store. If he can pack up to 15 loaves of bread in a box for
shipping, what is the minimum number of boxes required to ship all the loaves baked in two weeks.
Explain your reasoning.
d.
The baker pays $0.80 per pound for sugar and $1.25 per pound for butter. Write an expression that
shows how much the baker will spend if he buys 6 pounds of butter and 20 pounds of sugar.
e.
Chocolate sprinkles cost 1/10 as much per pound as sugar. Find the bakers total cost for 100 pounds
of chocolate sprinkles. Explain the number of zeros and the placement of the decimal in your answer
using a place value chart.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.12

End-of-Module Assessment Task
Standards Addressed
Topics AH

5.OA.1
Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions

with these symbols.
5.OA.2
expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation add 8 and 7,
then multiply by 2 as 2 (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 (18932 + 921) is three times as large
as 18932 + 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.
Understand the place value system.

5.NBT.1
Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as
it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.
5.NBT.2. Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by
powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal
is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to denote powers
of 10.
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.6
the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation
by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
5.NBT.7

5.MD.1

Evaluating Student Learning Outcomes

A Progression Toward Mastery is provided to describe steps that illuminate the gradually increasing
understandings that students develop on their way to proficiency. In this chart, this progress is presented
from left (Step 1) to right (Step 4). The learning goal for each student is to achieve Step 4 mastery. These
steps are meant to help teachers and students identify and celebrate what the student CAN do now, and
what they need to work on next.
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.13
Assessment
Task Item
1
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.7
2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.6
3
5.OA.1
5.NBT.6
STEP 1
Little evidence of
reasoning without
a correct answer.
STEP 2
Evidence of some
reasoning without
a correct answer.
(1 Point)
(2 Points)

to express the divisors
as powers of 10 either
as multiples of 10 or as
exponents and
produces a place value
chart with errors.
The student either

shows the divisors as
powers of 10 either as
multiples of 10 or
exponents or uses
correct reasoning on
the place value chart.

to round either the
dividend or the divisor
to a one-digit fact.

to generate a division
problem with a
quotient of 3 and
remainder of 12.
Module 2:
Date:
The student rounds the

dividend and divisor,
but not to a one-digit
fact.
The student generates

a division problem with
either a quotient of 3
or a remainder of 12,
but is unable to explain
reasoning used.
STEP 3
Evidence of some
reasoning with a
correct answer or
evidence of solid
reasoning with an
incorrect answer.
(3 Points)
STEP 4
Evidence of solid
reasoning with a
correct answer.

expresses the divisors
as multiples of 10 or
exponents, and uses
the place value chart
for either Part (a) or
Part (b).

expresses the divisors
as multiples of 10 or
exponents and shows
the place value chart
for both Part (a) and
Part (b).

rounds to a one-digit
fact for either Part (a)
or Part (b).

both a quotient of 3
and a remainder of 12,
but shows no evidence
of a strategy other than
guess and check.
(4 Points)
a.
100 or 10 or both
b.
1000 or 10 or
both

rounds both Part (a)
and Part (b) to a onedigit fact.
a.
420 70 = 6
b.
1200 600 =2

a quotient of 3 and
remainder of 12 and
uses a sound strategy
(e.g., writes a checking
equation
____ = 3 x_____+ 12).

7/4/13
2.S.14

4
5.NBT.7
5
5.NBT.6
6
5.OA.1
5.OA.2
5.NBT.1
5.NBT.2
5.NBT.5
5.NBT.6
5.NBT.7
5.MD.1

to perform the decimal
division necessary to
show non-equivalence
of quotients.

perform the division
necessary to produce
the whole number
portion of the quotient,
but is unable to
continue dividing the
decimal places to show
non-equivalence of
quotients.

explain the nonequivalence of the
quotients, but with
errors in the division
calculation.
The student divides

accurately and explains
the non-equivalence of
the quotients.

divide to find the width
of the playground.
The student makes two

errors in division that
lead to incorrect width
of the playground.
The student makes one

error in division that
leads to incorrect
width of the
playground.

divides and finds the
width of the rectangle
to be 106 m.
The student uses

incorrect reasoning for
The student uses

correct reasoning for at
least two parts of the
task, but makes errors
in calculation.
The student uses

correct reasoning for all
parts of the task, but
makes errors in
calculation.
The student uses both

correct reasoning and
correct calculation for
Module 2:
Date:
a.
1232 oz
b.
102 loaves
c.
7 boxes
d.
(20 0.80) +
(6 $1.25)
e.
$8.00

7/4/13
2.S.15
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.16
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.17
Module 2:
Date:

7/4/13
2.S.18

Math g5 m2 Full Module

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Math g5 m2 Full Module

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Math g5 m2 Full Module

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

New York State Common Core

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Multi-Digit Whole Number and

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Focus Grade Level Standards

Understand the place value system.1

Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.

Convert like measurement units within a given measurement system.

Convert among different-sized standard measurement units within a given measurement

The balance of this cluster is addressed in Module 1.

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Interpret a multiplication equation as a comparison, e.g., interpret 35 = 5 7 as a statement

Focus Standards for Mathematical Practice

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Overview of Module Topics and Lesson Objectives

Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication

Estimate multi-digit products by rounding factors to a basic fact

The Standard Algorithm for Multi-Digit Whole Number Multiplication

Convert numerical expressions into unit form as a mental strategy

Connect visual models and the distributive property to partial

Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial

Connect area diagrams and the distributive property to partial

Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard

Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard

Decimal Multi-Digit Multiplication

Multiply decimal fractions by multi-digit whole numbers through

Reason about the product of a whole number and a decimal with

D Measurement Word Problems with Whole Number and Decimal Multiplication

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Standards Topics and Objectives

Use decimal multiplication to express equivalent measurements.

Solve two-step word problems involving measurement and multidigit multiplication.

Mid-Module Assessment: Topics AD (assessment day, return day, remediation

Mental Strategies for Multi-Digit Whole Number Division

Divide two- and three-digit dividends with single-digit quotients

Divide two- and three-digit dividends by two-digit divisors with

Lessons 2223: Divide three- and four-digit dividends by two-digit divisors

G Partial Quotients and Multi-Digit Decimal Division

Use basic facts to approximate decimal quotients with two-digit

Lessons 2627: Divide decimal dividends by two-digit divisors, estimating

H Measurement Word Problems with Multi-Digit Division

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Standards Topics and Objectives

remediation or further application 2 days)

Decimal Fraction (a proper fraction whose denominator is a power of 10)

Familiar Terms and Symbols3

Multi-Digit Whole Number and Decimal Fraction Operations

NYS COMMON CORE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM

Suggested Tools and Representations

Area models (e.g., an array)

_ tens hundreds = 993 ______

__hundreds _hundreds = 30